Home

(RM) - includes Print Manager and Executive

Contents

1. Halen Wigtary Pacicd to Taza Tenc to Data Raed 20 122 4 L 927 815 91 105 709 40 Pezurne O0 4 541 261 51 Salma Tax 65 75 alz TI 133 065 45 FreLght oo Plan 74 615 58 Hizo Chae 00 aa 15 388 60 Fiz Chgr OO am on Toral S TER EG 1 904 326 54 Lr O64 52 Payrentis DO 4 240 728 22 Disoounte oo 16 141 10 1 Li Arg Days fo Pay 15 40 Li bara Galea Quretandirg 46 50 Account Beceivable Emmlymim Command Bar Definitions 7 16 Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Description Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Press S to display information within a range Press F to change the definition of the field Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Accounts Receivable Analysis Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7
2. Command Bar Definitions Description Press F to create or retrieve a dashboard file Press L in File mode to load an existing dashboard Press S in File mode to save the dashboard you are on If the screen does not have a name enter a descriptive name to make future access easy the screen is saved under the name If the screen already has a name accept it or enter a different name Press N in File mode to work with a new dashboard Press D in File mode to delete a dashboard Press E to edit the fields on a dashboard Press A in Edit mode to add a field to the dashboard Press C in Edit mode to replace the field where the cursor is with a different field Press D in Edit mode to remove the field where the cursor is from the screen Press M in Edit mode to move the field where the cursor is to a different part of the screen Press O to change the look of the screen Press S in Options mode to set the number of spaces between tabs The setting is saved Press C in Options mode to change the title of the screen Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 45 Tables Features Use the Tables function on the File Maintenance menu to view the settings for EIS The tables are for information only use the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager to change the settings Reports No report is associated with this f
3. EIS can consolidate and display data directly from applications You can also use EIS to build ratios or relationships between individual figures or sets of figures Financial ratios are indications of the business s performance They demonstrate liquidity solvency and profitability Liquidity indicates the ability to pay bills as they fall due Solvency indicates the ability to pay off all obligations if you would sell out Profitability is a simple term but it can be misleading You can make a profit from earnings generated in your normal course of business or from actions that you cannot expect to repeat such as the sale of irreplaceable assets The goal is to establish ratios that show whether the profits you receive are being maximized or whether other investments could yield a better return with less risk With good ratios you can identify adjustments that you need to make to survive financially in difficult times and to succeed when your business is in good economic times You can produce the following ratios in EIS Working capital is a measure of the liquid assets you have at your disposal It is expressed as the difference between your current assets and current liabilities For example a working capital of 50 000 is negligible if your current asset base is 10 000 000 A 0 5 percent drop in your current assets wipes out your working capital If your current asset base is only 100 000 and your working assets 50 000 y
4. Field Name Copy To Description Type Default Key Label User Label Description If you have a multiuser system you can save time when you set up workstations with similar keyboards by copying the keyboard definition to other workstations Enter the workstation ID you want to copy the keyboard functions to or enter ALL to copy to all the workstations If you are changing the keyboard functions on your terminal only skip this field The keyboard command keys are displayed The type of command screen or edit is displayed The control character or escape sequence for each base command is displayed The key label assigned to each command is displayed To edit the command press Enter Then press the function or editing key you want to use An asterisk next to the key label indicates which command you are working with The user label is a description of the key label Accept the displayed description or enter the user label that you want to be displayed when you are prompted for a command response Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Write Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press W to write changes to the file and exit from the function To write changes to the file and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu use the Write W command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 9 Devices Features Use the D
5. 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 00S 9 194 Jeu Jog XEL aTesey S30TAIAS 60 SUTTOSED 80 BUTYIOTD LO s3aonpozd poog 90 S TOTU A 1070W GO UWOJ 9I9IS193U1I p0 pozd I6y pul 0 s Tes Jduex4 Z0 seres eTesey TO spoo5 z umsuoo 00 sseTo uotqdtzoseq XEL BJOSSUUTN UNN SWEN 207 xeL WY TZ 0T 00 00 00 00 00 00 s seuoznd 00 00 00 vb LS606ZZ 00 seTes aTqepunjey 310U5 19M50 pajeTnoTe xeL STgexequon TqexeL 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyornd 00 00 00 vb LS60677 00 soTes 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 00 00 seTes 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 s seuozna 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyornd 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoing 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 00 00 seTes 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoma 00 00 00 00 00 seres 00 00 00 00 00 00 seseyoind 00 00 00 vb LS606TT 00 seTes eTqepunjey 1045 1940 p 3aeTnoTeo xeL Tqexe3uoN TqexeL ON ON 8 0z PELTSTILB ET NW OSTW 314 oTqepunJey ssuedxy xeL ITTgeTT XEL qI xeL yIn
6. Features The Error Log provides a list of the errors you encountered while using the software Reports A sample Error Log is on page 10 14 Screen Use Screen Description Error Log Use the Error Log screen to select the applications and errors you want in the log Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 11 Error Log Reports Error Log Screen Satin Eat Emi tjip FEEDE Log Applicsiion 10 From Thru Duta Entered From Thft Cutpz device Firintaz p F szimu Fi ile Bina Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the range of applications whose errors you want to list Date Entered Enter the range of dates for which you want a list of errors 10 12 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Reports Error Log Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the log to a printer File Select F to send the log to a file Screen Select S to send the log to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the log is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 13 Reports Error Log Error Log bea 204 MLS HDVd a VT STODLNO dWVNO TALS Z HWVNOa Z TELS NYT STODINO INI D u w AINAU TALS WI 4 INTYd 090L FTIIGANY we borg 090L SUTT IF MOMMA OISVE STILIGE Jebel pTTeAUI Tp Wd 75 5 OUTIL 6661 90 50
7. The quantity on hand is displayed The committed quantity is displayed The in use quantity is displayed The available quantity is displayed The on order quantity is displayed This field appears if you elected in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function to show costs in the price and availability lookup The LIFO FIFO unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function to show costs in the price and availability lookup The average unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function to show costs in the price and availability lookup The standard unit cost is displayed This field appears if you elected in the Resource Manager Options and Interfaces function to show costs in the price and availability lookup The base unit cost is displayed The calculated unit price is displayed The calculated extended unit price is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Field Name Description Base The base level is displayed Quantity The sale quantity levels are displayed Unit Price The calculated unit price for each quantity break is displayed Command Bar This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To return to the Price and Availability screen use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 19 Common Ratios
8. This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 49 Screen Definitions List Features Use the Screen Definitions List function on the Master File Lists menu to produce a list of EIS Dashboards Reports A sample Screen Definitions List is on page 8 54 Screen Use Screen Description Screen Definitions List Use the Screen Definitions List screen to select the information you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 51 Screen Definitions List Executive Information Summary Screen Definitions List Screen Gara de Pii Ep Pi Show Ela ss Pa Show a put device Field Definitions Field Name Pick Dashboard Show screen layouts Show fields used Show field detail Show function setup detail 8 52 Scoma Defizitiornr List AP AHAL LTO 105 ct Dashboard Tros Thru TES FEB TEA HO Screan Layouts Fields Usd Fizid Dersal Furction Zazup Teceil Fl zintet gifjartev fille F cima dina Description Enter the IDs of the dashboards you want in the list If you want the list to show the appearance of the screen with the coordinates at the top and left of the screen enter Y if not enter N If you want to list the ID description and display mask of each field enter Y if not enter N If you want to break down
9. Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 25 Master File Lists Inquiry Window Definitions List List initions Inquiry Window Def A ON ASVHIANd PTSTA POUINISY x HLON ST IVA YOIOANI 91 ON HOIOANI 6 qI ANJA T ON NVYL PTSTA PEUINISY x ALON GT SUEN STTA L UOTSIBA z uorgeottddy PTSTA psu nJoyg x ALON TT NOLLITAISAQ ANVE z aI YNYa PTSTA peumnjey ALON SI OSHA LJOV 19 z ON IDN TD PTSTA peumnjey HION 9 UOTIdTI058 Z apo UOFINATAISTA PTSTA psu nJog x ALON 0 0 0 0 ot x 0 0 0 0 OT x 0 0 0 0 ST x 0 0 0 0 6 x 0 0 ct x 0 0 oT I oT 0 0 OT mL oT 8S br Qe cE 0 XHddV LT 0 TMVENHdY 3280 S OTOAUI JOPUSA ON ULIL S UTPESH uumToy Karnbur UOTIORSUBAL 9TITL MOPUTM Og 0 XHLdY OG 0 TMTLGHdV ueN STLA UOTSISA ddy sbhutpeey uumToo TTJ JTISA UOTSJSAUO T3TL MOPUTM 0 LANOSO 0 0 LANOdV uor3adr os q yueg qI yueg sbutpesy uunrToo Kzrnbur qunooov Xueg STITI MODUTM PI LT 0 xvadd LT 0 TMYNVHdV uotqdtzoseq qunoooy 19 shuTpeey uunToy Aztnbul Jehpey TeI u STITI MODUTM OT Og 0 XWWID 0 MOSOV
10. Data File Maintenance Restore Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 9 Application Tables Features Use the Application Tables function on the Data File Maintenance menu to edit and view the tables used by any application Reports To produce a list of the Information entered on the Tables screen use the Tables List function Screen Use Screen Description RMTB Use the RMTB screen to add or change an application table Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 11 Application Tables Data File Maintenance Application Tables Screen P SAS Tiii BATE Lende L PARIN Descrigcion Global aquicy ParapererE Table Husker al Cola 1 Colum Length 14 Tyr 4 Rmrumatur ipplicasion Findow a kE LBC I L GL MASG Field Definitions 5 12 Field Name Table ID Copy From Description Number of Cols Column Length Seine Ea Description Enter the ID of table you want to add or change To set up a company specific table enter the table ID plus the company ID To set up a terminal specific table enter the table ID plus the terminal ID This field appears if you entered a new table ID Enter the ID of the table you want to copy from Enter or change the description of the table The number of columns in the table is displayed The length of c
11. Key Operation Right Arrow Move the cursor to the right Left Arrow Move the cursor to the left Del Delete the character the cursor is on Delete Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 33 Function Commands Introduction Key Ins Insert on off Home End F9 Undo F10 Delete to end of line Inquiry Commands 1 34 Operation Switch insert mode on and off When the Insert flag appears at the bottom of the screen characters you type push characters after the cursor off to the side When insert mode is turned off characters you type write over existing ones Move the cursor directly to the beginning of the field Move the cursor directly to the end of the field Restore a field to the way it was before you changed it You can use this command only while you are in the field once you move past it you must use the Abandon F5 command to clear the field Delete the characters in the field to the right of the cursor If insert mode is turned off and you enter a character in the field s first position everything in the field is deleted When you use the Inquiry F2 command several other commands become available for you to use in the inquiry window To shorten your data search use a partial key inquiry to cut down the size of the inquiry list For example if you know that the ID starts with J enter J in the ID field before you use the Inquiry command The inquiry list will start with J and run
12. Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory H 19 Predefined Functions References H 20 ARCTOP
13. Options and Interfaces List function 11 47 sample 11 50 screen 11 48 Options screen 3 15 OSAPPL file B 5 OSBUF TXT file B 5 OSBUT TXT file B 5 OSCL file B 5 OSCN file B 6 OSCNVT file B 6 OSCODE file B 6 OSCOMP file B 6 OSCOPR file B 6 OSDE file B 6 OSDF file B 7 OSER file B 7 OSINFO file B 7 OSKY file B 7 OSMN file B 8 OSMNxxx file B 8 IX 4 OSREF TXT file B 5 OSRET TXT file B 5 OSTD file B 8 OSTM file B 8 Other Commands Applications Options Inquiry F 8 Calculator F 1 Call a BBx Program F 6 Execute an Operating System Command F 5 General Information Inquiry F 12 Global Inquiry F 9 Product Suggestions F 7 Support Information F 14 User Comments F 15 P Parameter Maintenance function 9 35 Period Setup function 4 25 screen 4 26 Plotters screen 2 20 PMARCxxx file B 9 PMCLASS file B 9 PMHSTxxx file B 9 PMMENxxx file B 9 PMOPTxxx file B 9 PMQUExxx file B 9 PMSIZxxx file B 9 predefined functions H 1 Printers screen 2 14 printing multiple copies C 3 printing print jobs C 3 printing selected files C 3 Product Suggestions F 7 Product Suggestions Report function 10 7 sample 10 10 screen 10 8 Purge Dashboard History function 8 23 Purge Data Records function 5 27 screen 5 28 Purge Transaction History Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 function 9 39 R Reports EIS Dashboard History Report 8 11 EIS Dashboard Report 8 7 Field
14. The user mask you entered is not set up in memory Check the name and enter a different user mask History Not Selected in Options Table The History option is not valid if the Keep Values File History switch is set to NO in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager see page 3 13 Incompatible enhancement The enhancement you are trying to install is incompatible with a previous enhancement Contact the reseller who sold you the enhancement Insufficient memory available Your computer does not have enough memory available to use the function If you have RAM resident utilities such as a keyboard enhancer or a desk organizer unload them and try the function again If you still get the message see your dealer about purchasing more RAM for your computer Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 9 System Messages References Invalid characters in company ID The character you entered is not a valid filename in the operating system Invalid xxxxxxx command found in the OSxxx txt file You have a bad command in the backup or restore file displayed Invalid date format The date you entered does not conform to the date format that is used on your system Enter the date again using the format shown in the message Invalid device ID The device ID you entered is not valid When you set up a terminal ID it must begin with the letter T when you set up a printer ID it must begin with the letter P or L and whe
15. Write Press W to save your entries to a file Terminal Press T to add a terminal Printer Press P to add a printer Graphics Plotter Press G to add a graphics plotter Other Press O to create a blank line so that you can add other configuration options Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu use the Write W command and then enter Y Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 13 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Sysprint Screen and Direct Printers Screen A Ben Edt Emi bee hevices Frisnera BBz Device Name LPL E V vice Type Mindoss Default Friaber Laser Device Hode Malus Lines Per Page 11 Standard Cols ao Compras Cola 152 Top Bergin amp Left Taca Toot Setup PIL omkr R gt TV QUE Verify ising r Eni bel eyjoes Frisnera Abe Device Mars FO apacer Device Nasa besice Type Epson PO Beries Derice Hodes Value Carelage Perura TES Backrpace Lira Tami Form Pesi Standard PEIRE iz Standard Cole Bo Compras Fr n or Gomprc s LOIS 192 Expardad On DE Expards d Ott L are Cola Expuried Lises 1 Save On alee Off Copa gt Vu rity 2 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Field Definitions Devices Depending on the type of printer you select Resource Manager has the following options for regular printers and sysprint devices F
16. 1p Elakopes BiZz 5Sb Thes Phare Ha Bhip Tai Ho P D rapus a Address z Cr Zip Sheep tt rtinn Fhore Ho amp 12 545 T Lime 001 of 000 r Verification Field Definitions Field Name Bill to Company Contact Address 1 Address 2 Ct St Zip Phone No Fax Ship to Company Address 1 Address 2 4 34 Builders Supply Pratt Driwew Los Munbeci Boulders 3uppiy Addraaas 1 2122 Frett Drive 123 Forma Paczrdmr Hemert Abort bon Previcus modos Husker Your FI Marber TEE tee JE Spacisl hipping Instruction EH 55J44 F732 Faxd id f45 7aibs Key Coge 1010m EW 5644 2715 Peer PgDT gt o proceed Description Enter the name of the company the reorder should be billed to Enter the name of the contact person Enter the billing address Enter the city state and zip code Enter the phone number Enter the fax number Enter the name of the company the reorder should be shipped to Enter the shipping address Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Forms Reorder Field Name Description Ct St Zip Enter the city state and zip code Attention Enter the name of the person who should receive the reorder Phone No Enter the phone number Previous Invoice Enter the number of the previous invoice you used to order Number forms Your PO Number Enter your company s purchase order number for the reorder Customer Number Enter your customer number Special Sh
17. Abandon first field after the key field The entries and changes you made are erased Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 31 Function Commands Introduction 1 32 Key F6 Maintenance F7 Exit F8 List Shift F2 Information PgUp Start over PgDn Proceed Tab Jump Enter or Down Arrow Enter Up Arrow Ctrl V Verification on off Ctrl G Bell on off Ctrl F Quick on off Operation Go directly to the appropriate File Maintenance function to update information about the field you are in if the Maint flag appears at the bottom of the screen Exit from a screen or a window Send the contents of the screen to a printer or a text file Open an Information menu Each selection on the menu is an information window that you can access if the Info flag appears at the bottom of the screen Each window contains a category of information about the field you are in Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the first field after the key field without erasing the entries or changes you made Approve the data on the screen change the file accordingly and proceed to the next spot field or screen Move the cursor to the next block of data on the screen or to the next field that requires an entry Move the cursor to the next field and accept the data entered Move the cursor up or back one field If you changed the information in the field you were in bef
18. Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor P urchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor P urchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor P urchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor P urchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor P urchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Vendor P urchases 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor P urchases H 9 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 15 Alphanumeric 8 Vendor Name 16 Numeric 8 Vendor Purchases 17 Alphanumeric 9 Vendor Name 18 Numeric 9 Vendor Purchases 19 Alphanumeric 10 Vendor Name 20 Numeric 10 Vendor Purchases ARAGED AR Open Invoice File Aged Totals The ARAGED function returns current aging totals from the customer Open Invoice file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unpaid Finance Charges 2 Numeric Current Due 3 Numeric Balance 31 60 4 Numeric Balance 61 90 5 Numeric Balance 91 120 6 Numeric Balance Over 120 7 Numeric Unapplied Credits Total 8 Numeric Total Due 9 Numeric Invoice Count 10 Numeric Customer Count H 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 11 Numer
19. Definitions screen 8 30 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Setup Features Use the Setup function on the File Maintenance menu to modify the following information about a range of a type of information that a function applies to setup ID description associated function ID and range of the type of information If you intend to use only the functions IDs that are already in the system you are ready to use this information If you intend to define the setup IDs that have not been established use the Functions function before using the Setup function Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Setup screen use the Setup Definitions List function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Setup Use the Setup screen to modify a range of information in a function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 31 Setup Executive Information Summary Setup Screen Seine de Pini Lied berag LD Function TR Dercziptica Type Company 11 Lesion 13 Toe TD Field Definitions Field Name Setup ID Copy From Function ID Description Type 8 32 All Irventorcy Itera cup Erfec g ib Append Tascription Description Enter the setup ID you want to add view or edit Enter the setup ID you want to copy the information from Use the ID that is displayed or enter a function ID that uses the setup ID you entered Use the description that is displayed or e
20. EIS Dashboards Top 10 Items Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 29 Top 10 Sales Reps Function The Top 10 Sales Reps dashboard provides a list of the top 10 sales representatives Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Sales Reps An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 31 Top 10 Sales Reps EIS Dashboards Top 10 Sales Reps screen Tinu de Pit Ep Update Ti dk a Ou Haie YTE Galen 1 912 822 91 toana Eendelaobhkn Bri 577 42 Turms i Hovland 656 228 41 a FamriecE B Thomassen 223 409 71 Aa n ci a e Pie Resale Teg 10 Sales Rapa slobael Satup Field Vier Edit Lum3 Mistory Command Bar Definitions 7 32 Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Description Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest i
21. Global Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Press S to display information within a range Field Press F to change the definition of the field View Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce 7 20 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Accounts Payable Analysis Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 21 Top 10 Customers Function The Top 10 Customers dashboard provides a list of the 10 customers with the highest sales amount Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 customers An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 23 Top 10 Customers EIS Dashboards Top 10 Customers screen Get Eat Bint Hp Teg 10 Cato Sales Las year Bales This fear 15 Dare wear BUILDER 1 223 550 1 ACE BUILDERS 1 635 311 TERHESSES SHELTERS If E 8 094 KANSAS CITY GEDDESIC E 6 225 b Lod AGILES COKATRIETE Et TSS I SAH BALES BDALLAS
22. Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 7 Predefined Functions References H 8 APVTOPP AP Top 10 Vendors PTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPP function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the period to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Vendor Name 1 Vendor Purchases 2 Vendor Name 2 Vendor Purchases 3 Vendor Name 3 Vendor Purchases 4 Vendor Name 4 Vendor Purchases 5 Vendor Name 5 Vendor Purchases 6 Vendor Name 6 Vendor Purchases 7 Vendor Name 7 Vendor Purchases 8 Vendor Name 8 Vendor Purchases 9 Vendor Name 9 Vendor P urchases Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Description 10 Vendor Name 10 Vendor Purchases APVTOPY AP Top 10 Vendors YTD Purchases Totals The APVTOPY function returns the names of the vendors in descending order you purchased the most product from during the year to date The amounts paid include returns Setup types
23. Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 18 Global Dashboard Update Features Use the Global Dashboard Update function on the Periodic Maintenance menu to recalculate all the fields on all the EIS Dashboards to save the values of the screens in history or both Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Global Dashboard Update Use the Global Dashboard Update screen to specify when you want all the fields on all the EIS Dashboards to be recalculated Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 19 Global Dashboard Update Executive Information Summary Global Dashboard Update Screen FE SAS 1000 Taig de Pini Ep Global Purbbosrd Tpdata Culculste Veluen for LIL Dartbosrde TES Transfer Caloulared Values to History ca Arcar Dere 1005 CoS Tino MBE HETEN Field Definitions Field Name Description Calculate values for all Dashboards Transfer calculated values to history Start If you want to calculate the values for all the dashboards enter Y if not enter N If you want to transfer the values to history enter Y if not enter N Use the system date and time or enter the date and the time of day you want the process to begin Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 8 20 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Global Dashboard Update Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to s
24. The function screen appears H E aastal Information Laquicy Bearen Fori VenDOr Vendor ID Sam F nns Buher Contect pAb ARE FLJHBIRS SUPPLY COMPARE 1303 555 9321 BOLL HUEPHREY ATTOOS ATLANTIS TELEPHONE co I800miy452 BSBS GIOAGE BORG BORIS COMSTRECTION COMP ANT ELZ 4258 2421 JULIE C CLEGG CLEVELAND INTERIO DM 16001 846 03221 CARL WILSOH EDOD EDDY APPLTAMSE 00 i218 469 0721 RALPH JCOHHBDH ELLOG ELLIS ELECTRICAL ST PFLY p100 532 3753 CHARLEME 5 HEMOO1 HEMMEPIN AURICIPAL STILITIEB 241 9307 BANET JORDI JOSH OUR COMFANT TEE ETB 99B6 gt BILL SHITH OOo JOMES BEALTY COMPARE 1054 5956 RANDY MIDAS LUNGEN LUMPEYKE HEATING 4 AIR COMDITION TLS 555 2500 EZ feck Harksoft ACE PLUMDIERZ SUPPL COMPARE Fas o SOS 223 3452 5762 GOLDEN GATE DRIVE Last Furoh 16031999 Dur Ject Prisrity oO 10997 Fa SJM FRANC TSS CA 5454 5544 Terne APODOS Soto Yit detail off Sescch gelaction henge sock Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Field Definitions Field Name Description Search For Press V to view information about a vendor C to view information about a customer or E to view Information about an employee Command Bar Definitions Command Definition View detail on off Press V to toggle the detail display on or off Search selection Press S to change your search selection Change sort Press C to sort the displayed information in a different way When you are finished vie
25. command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 25 Parameter Maintenance Features Use the Parameter Maintenance function to set up and maintain the defaults for the archive directory and filenames Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Parameter Maintenance Use the Parameter Maintenance screen to enter the defaults for the archive directory and filenames Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 27 Parameter Maintenance Print Manager Parameter Maintenance Screen BIZAS Tini AE Sein Ka Pet kjen Farmer Maintenance Heel gultmatie File name OOOOH Herr arohive file same ANDO Field Definitions Field Name Description Archive Directory Enter the path for the default directory for archived print jobs Next automatic filename Accept the displayed numbers or enter different numbers Next archive filename Accept the displayed numbers or enter different numbers 9 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Parameter Maintenance Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries Use the Exit F7 command to exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 29 Purge Report History Features Use the Purge Transaction History function on the File Maintenance menu to delete histo
26. defaults field defaults and directory defaults Set up defaults on your workstation through the Defaults function OSER Error The OSERxxx file stores information about BASIC errors that occur during normal operation Use the Error Log function to produce a list of the errors OSFRM Application Form Type The OSFRM file stores form types for the OSAS applications installed on your system OSINFO DOS and OSINFO UNX System Directories The OSINFO files store information that is unique to the entire OSAS system on a certain operating system installation backup device e main program directory e three data directories e Report Writer data directory sample data directory system files directory e utilities directory e The OSINFO DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSINFO UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSINFO UNX file for path information and the Windows workstations use OSINFO DOS OSKY Workstation Keyboard The OSKY file stores information about the keyboard values used for each workstation Set up your keyboard through the Keyboard function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 7 File Descriptions References OSMN Other Commands Menu The OSMN file stores the Other F4 twice from a menu F4 once from a field Commands menu for e
27. deletion Setup ID filename Is Not on File The setup ID you entered is not on file Enter an ID that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an ID Sharing violation reading drive lt drive gt Abort Retry Fail You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press A to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session Source directory cannot be an OSAS directory You must enter a directory that is not used by OSAS Create a directory to convert from and enter it as the source directory Spool file filename is in use Press Enter to abort Someone else is using the file you are trying to access Try again later Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 15 System Messages References Starting column must be less than 75 Starting column plus number of columns must be less than 80 The starting position of the window you create cannot be beyond screen column 74 and the last column in the window cannot extend beyond column 79 Make the window smaller or position the first column farther left Starting row must be less than 20 Starting row plus the number of rows must be less than 25 The starting position of the window you create cannot be below screen line 19 and the last row of the window cannot extend beyond line 24 Make the windo
28. to a function move the prompt gt to the line and toggle between YES and NO All Press A to turn on access to all the functions on the menu None Press N to deny access to all the functions on the menu Write Press W to save your changes Saving and Exiting To save your changes and exit to the Company Setup menu use the Write W command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 19 Country Codes Features Use the Country Codes function on the Company Setup menu to assign a two character code to a country Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Country Codes screen use the Country Codes List function Screen Use Screen Description Country Codes Use the Country Codes screen to assign a code to a country Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 21 Country Codes Company Setup Country Codes Screen 0545 1600 BEG Gai La Pert bjp Tomko y Coden Country Code US Field Definitions Field Name Description Country Code Enter the code for the country Name of Country Enter the full name of the country Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu 3 22 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Period Setup Forms Reorder Forms Reorder Codes Resource Manager User s
29. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 vb LS6067T 00 atTqepunyey 34NusS 13 AO pajernoTe xe STgexejuon aTqexel ON ON 8E0T PELTSTILS ET NW T DSTU 4 eTqepunjey ssu dxu xen ITTGETT XEL GI XL YqNY XEL T A T UO KEI SJUNoooy zebpey Tezeuey UOTE90T xeL Ag qazodey xe soTes T abeg qtddns szepttng 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 20 Clear Sales Tax Features Use the Clear Sales Tax function on the Application Setup menu to clear the accumulated sales and tax amounts from the tax location records at the end of the tax reporting period This function prepares the records to accumulate new figures for the next reporting period You can clear tax locations for a range of taxing authorities and tax locations Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Clear Sales Tax Use the Clear Sales Tax screen to select the tax authorities and locations you want to clear accumulated sales tax for Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 21 Clear Sales Tax Application Setup Clear Sales Tax Screen LIP Ti laser Solas Tax Bere Tou Prinr d che Bales Tae Report TE Pic
30. 195700 196100 19 700 T9LTOO TAOVAV Nd NAAA Nd WAADVdAY TAOVAV Nd NAAA TAOVAV Nd NAAA Nd NAAA 1930818YO T apo uo ssezppy ubre1og ss zppv UBTIIOA ssezppy ubre1og Z0JOTPUI PTETA ZoJOTPUL PTETA 89TION NIL puz S0TION NIL puz Z80TION NIL puz 660T 660T 6601 6601 6601 6601 6601 6601 IST susez0s dISH abeg Arddng szepting NY 0 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 22 Inquiry Window Definitions List Features The Inquiry Window Definitions List shows the inquiry windows on your system and the information they contain Reports A sample Inquiry Window Definitions List is on page 11 26 Screen Use Screen Description Inquiry Window Use the Inquiry Window Definitions List screen to select Definitions List the windows you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 23 Inquiry Window Definitions List Master File Lists Inquiry Window Definitions List Screen Fl SAS To makan Dat Poe bjp Inguizy Window Definition Lirt Applicatica From AF Miru AFP Wirow Tb From Thru EFhrizkec plfijevier Fedde 5 cromo Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want in the list Window ID Enter the range of windows you want in the list 11 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Inquiry Window Definitions List
31. 310desy jo puq soueuequTeW JSET OTTA UOTIBSTFTIOA Azoqoertq uezbozd qeq TTe4SUI PeTTPISUI UOTSISA uoTJPOTTddy eseg uotqdtzoseq YY SoURUSJUTEN SVT TTd UOTIPOTITISA Azojoerztq ueIbord 9280 TTe3suI paTTe2sul UOTSISA uoTJeOTTddy aseg uotqdtzoseq av ASTI UOTJEUIOJUI UOTIPOTTddyY T abea tddns s sptrng uoTyeWAOJUI dI WY ET OT 6661 97 80 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 14 Company Information List Features The Company Information List shows the names and addresses of companies that are set up on your system Reports A sample Company Information List is on page 11 18 Screen Use Screen Description Company Information List Use the Company Information List screen to select the companies you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 15 Company Information List Master File Lists Company Information List Screen A 0545 1000 Copo Information Company TD E Dafaulta Hare Location LD Addressee 1 bank TI Addraas Z EIEN Mask Hines GE Beirjle irate Tree Deir la bisp lar Zip Countif beg Dollars OF SSS Sic TM Costa oo Phorm IM Pricam Q SESE Far IM De 0 SSS Paces O Boesen dre Data Eamnk usa drm das yl Bourg D SiGe bie Time Eaak lieBour Ihbiem ARPA Cr Limita Go 2292992225779 Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID Enter the range of companies you want in the list 11 16 Resource Manager User s
32. 3321 0001 Wa HoT 10319 Arddng szepttng yrodey Jo puq BUTISTT SUTT obesson 10114 SWEN ueIbold 1 qUNN 10114 UOTJPISYIOM UOTJPOTTddy WY ET 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 14 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Features The Global Inquiry Window Audit Report is a list of window link inconsistencies associated with the Global Inquiry windows Reports A sample Global Inquiry Window Audit Report is on page 10 18 Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Window Use the Global Inquiry Window Audit Report screen to Audit Report select the destination for the report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 15 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Reports Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Screen A SAS To Global Inquiry Virdor Audit Beport This progress will priat a liac lt windew Link imoonsietenoise DASmEENDES SHEERS Gn UPD Lata finde a called uhere Aa links window key jesgch wiamarc h extra p e rindoe caver kaing rafecercad by srmother winds CT ec Dromrancen EFhrizkec plfievier File Sjeresn fj cd Field Definitions No fields are associated with this function 10 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Reports Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Sele
33. 7 Liza 8 G Lime Lime 001 of O00 r V rificstice Field Definitions Field Name Product Number Product Description Number of Parts Quantity Starting Number 4 32 Appesd Lia EEE EU a 1014 Payroll hack 100 Eam iLi Forma Reorder Pome Pgln to proceed Description Enter the product number for the form you are reordering If you are in the Edit Line window you cannot access this field The product description is displayed Enter the number of parts the form has Valid choices are displayed at the bottom of the screen Enter the quantity of the form you are reordering Enter the starting number for the sequence numbers you want printed on the forms Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Forms Reorder Field Name Description Imprint Enter the text you want imprinted on as many as nine lines Contact your reseller or Open Systems Forms for information about pricing for additional lines of printing Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the Forms Reorder screen use the Proceed PgDn command To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 33 Forms Reorder Application Setup Header Information Window Fi SAS To Sein Pent Help Bill Ta Compe Copa Addresas i 248 Address Z CE EL
34. Application Tables function to create one Must define base window definition first You must define the base window before you can create an alternate inquiry window definition Enter a window ID without a character in the ninth position and create it first Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 11 System Messages References Must enter Copy From ID This function requires that you enter a Copy From ID to create a new record Must enter country code You cannot create a blank country code Must enter numeric value The data you entered must contain only numbers Must Enter Valid Date The format is mm dd yyyy Must Enter Valid Time The format is hh mm Must enter Y es N o or an enhancement ID You cannot leave this field blank Enter Y N or an application enhancement ID No application installed for this company ID No applications are installed for the company you selected Select a different company ID or create the application files for the company before you try the function again No applications to convert You did not enter any applications to convert Enter the IDs of the applications whose files you want to convert A 12 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages No conversion program found for this application You cannot convert files for the application or the conversion program is missing from your system Choose a different application to convert or copy the conversion progra
35. Backup Restore Commands System File Maintenance Backup Restore Commands Screen P SA TO BEG ains La Pew Ihe Backup Featore Corses Floppy Backup Command OS5BOF TXT Floppy Fastore Commer CS GRFET TXTI RESTORE f lepl lEF V 1sSelest 28 Tage Bscrip S ren CSBUT TXT Frk Tage Pestoce Commend OSRET TAT Hri Field Definitions Field Name Description Floppy Backup Enter a floppy backup command or accept the displayed Command command Floppy Restore Enter a floppy restore command or accept the displayed Command command Tape Backup Command Enter a tape backup command or accept the displayed command Tape Restore Command Enter a tape restore command or accept the displayed command 6 44 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Backup Restore Commands Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 45 Form Codes Features Use the Form Codes function on the System File Maintenance menu to set up and maintain codes for the forms you use in the OSAS applications you have installed Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Form Codes Use the Form Codes screen to set up form types and to specify the number of copies to print along with the name
36. Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 5 Directories Features Use the Directories function on the System File Maintenance menu to add data directories to those that were established when Resource Manager was installed and to change the directories used by OSAS programs data files Report Writer files sample data and utilities Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Directories Use the Directories screen to add data directories Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 7 Directories System File Maintenance Directories Screen FE 05AS Tiii makan La Pere kjen Directories Program JOB AER Dace 1 COM AASEN derme Data I Data Li Files St DER RD nun d Beport rir r 2100942560 Bda cas Harp le Dana Er OS kr sep bes HE ir Field Definitions Field Name Description Install Press Enter if you want to copy the Resource Manager and other application files from the displayed drive or enter the letter for the diskette or tape drive you are copying the Resource Manager and other application files from Program Press Enter if the displayed directory will contain the program subdirectories or change it Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 For each line press Enter if the displayed d
37. Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory H 15 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPY function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the year to date in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
38. Dashboard EIS Dashboard Report I abeq 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 qeq o3 1e x qeq o3 porz a Kao3srH ssTes syusuAeg TeqOL Sy UTA sbuo OSTW QUT xe s Tes SUINJSY saTes 87079 LST 00 87079 LST 00 00 00 00 00 ang TeqOL 19 pettddeuq 121 OZT T16 06 19 09 TE soueTeg ana Qusa n 6yo uta pdun stsATeuy butby srs Teuv STYPATSJSY SIUNODOY TYNVEV dI u zos 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 qeq o3 1e x qeq o3 porz d reef sian 109STH Jueu ed EE LBL ZEZ EE LBL TET 00 00 00 9SS E 00 95 CL LPL LY TLL LP TZ p8r Ib Te per Ib 9181 07 1891 97eq 07 potiedg ee oes 103STH aseYDINd Te20L 3unoosrq syo uo qunoostq sptedezg Te20L DST XEL qF SSOTOAUT OZ ZE0 ESP 00 80 7S0 6LT 8Z 980 ZE9 00 00 00 00 8Z 980 ZE9 pasesTey AUT DTOH dur uo AUT PTOH UO AUT SIOpU A Te101 p se T u JUN PTOH du uo gwy PTOH uo quy ang Teqor TZT 021 716 06 19 09 TE aSoueTeg eng We aan stsAteuy buty qazodey paeoquseg SIE qtddns szepttng stsATeuy etqedeg SJUNODOV TyNVdY 1 u 4o s Wd SET 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 10 Dashboard History Features The EIS Dashboard History Report contains the values in the EIS Dashboards that you have saved using the Global Dashboard Upda
39. Definitions List 8 55 Field History Report 8 15 Functions List 8 59 Screen Definitions List 8 51 Setup Definitions List 8 63 Restore function 5 7 screen 5 8 RMCDxxx file B 10 RMDEVDEFF file B 10 RMDRVDEFF file B 10 RMGIDEF file B 10 RMPRNDFF file B 10 RMTDxxx file B 10 RMTHxxx file B 10 RMTXxxx file B 11 S Sales Tax Report function 4 17 sample 4 20 screen 4 18 Screen Definitions List function 8 51 sample 8 54 Setup function 8 31 Setup Definitions List function 8 63 sample 8 10 8 14 8 18 8 66 SUGGEST file B 11 Support Information function 6 55 screen 6 56 Support Information command F 14 screen F 14 System Messages A 1 function 6 39 screen 6 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 T Tables function 8 47 Tables List function 11 31 sample 11 34 screen 11 32 Tax Classes function 4 3 screen 4 4 Tax Groups function 4 13 screen 4 14 Tax Groups List function 11 43 sample 11 46 screen 11 44 Tax Locations Edit Line window 4 10 function 4 7 screen 4 8 View Line window 4 12 Tax Locations List function 11 39 sample 11 42 screen 11 40 Terminals screen 2 18 U User Comments function F 15 screen F 15 User Login Activity function 6 59 utilities Applications Options Inquiry F 8 Calculator F 1 Call a BBx Program F 6 Execute an Operating System Command F 5 General Information Inquiry F 12 Global Inquiry F 9 Product Suggestions F 7 Suppo
40. Features The Report History Inquiry function displays every report you have printed to file moved or printed from the Active Report Control function and moved to or printed from the Archive Report Control Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Report History Inquiry Use the Report History Inquiry screen to display reports printed to file and reports moved from and to the Active and Archive Report Control functions Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 3 Report History Inquiry Print Manager Report History Inquiry Screen STEHT Salir Ci Pert bal r Bepert History Inguicy bessr L K Lo pe Dare Tips 19 User Term Application Informacion Liar FF 04211006 13 263P TOGO Datz Film Allocatico Reporte Fr 08 15 1900 09 27P Gedir Toto Bara File ALLOCALIOE Repeat KE D 21 1988 101044 Ft Cash Flew Report PF CS 12 1972 D01 05F rilbur Tomo Sales Tan Report PF 05 19 1599 011067 Ton Bort By Reverse Evequred Sequence ins Eile copla mai Eile Sort OI Field Definitions Field Name Description Description The name of the print job is displayed Type The action performed on the file is displayed PF printed to file PQ printed from Active Report Control RQ removed from Active Report Control PA pinted from Archive Report Control RA removed from Archive Report Control AR archived and removed from Active Report Control Date The date the file was printed is displ
41. Field Name Application Code Description Base Application Installed Version Epp lication Irdor et ion canica Code BH Lp r ice Besmaurce Faret Application EA I Lea TE on 4 05 Installed 057101958 ame Pireonrorp AS GOS poogke iparios File ANTE Anintenanoe More Frgmm PugDSTP gt o proceed Description Enter the ID of the application you want to work with Enter the description of the application For a base application leave this field blank For an enhanced application enter the application s identifier For an add on to an application enter the ID of the base application Tf the application is not installed enter N If the application is installed enter Y Enter the version number of the application The version number protects against the installation of an earlier version of the software Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Application Information Field Name Description Date Installed Enter the date the application was installed on the system Program Directory Enter the directory that contains the programs for the application Verification File Enter the name of the file used to verify that the application is installed for a company If the file name changes depending on the company involved add a lowercase x in place of the company ID Last Maintenance Displays the date of the last maintenance operation performed for the application
42. ID or define this setup ID in the Setup function Field Will Overlap Other Fields If you place the field too close to another field its information will overlap the adjacent fields First and Last Characters Must Be Quotation Marks If you return literal values with quotation marks the first and last characters must be quotation marks Otherwise you have an odd number of quotation marks or you are trying to use strings The math editor does not recognize either situation Remove the quotation marks or use them as the first and last characters Function Does Not Return Element A math editor cannot return a function element that does not exist An element is a line number for a setup ID For example if APBAL has two setup IDs you cannot make the math editor return F1 3 since element number three does not exist Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 7 System Messages References You cannot enter an element of 0 greater than the number of elements the function recognizes or a decimal Function ID Is Not on File Function ID 7 Not Found The function you entered is not on file Enter a function that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a function To define a function use the Functions function after you have coded the function in Business BASIC Function In Field Is Not Defined The formula uses a function that has not been defined Change the field definition to use a different
43. ID and description for each field enter 2 Show function setup If you want to list the types of output descriptions setup detail types and ranges of each function and setup ID that make up the field definition enter Y if not enter N 8 56 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 57 Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List List INItIONS Field Def T abea 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduoo uoradraos q 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduo uUOTIATIDSIA 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduoo uoradr3os q 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduo uOTIATIDSIA 666 666 666 XSEN Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduo uOTIATIDSIA 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta sabueyg Aueduo uUOTIATIDSIA 666 666 666 XSEN Aetdsta 66 666 666 666 sen Aetdsta qI aI qI aI qI aI GIA ubrerg ousm Itgeq TOISTH TFE dv MAAETHdV AI PISTA dNOD sTe3oL Ald T
44. Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 61 Executive Information Summary Functions List Functions List T abea IST suotjoung Arddng szepttng uoradrzos q sTe3ol Ald 9TTA IOISTH S3AOSUO av squnoostq syo uo PTedazg ang ssoz5 syoeyp ptedezg squnoostq syoeyg zernbag ang ssoz9 syDsyy 1enbay uor3adr3os q ste20L TTEG uy wy UY uy JN UN uy 9324 3281 3281 3281 3281 3281 9 S 7 4 atta AZoISTH SOYI dv 39M Som M 39M 39M 39M aqeq s Kepor qunoostq puokag ana N puo g 3unoosrq and IN 3aunoosrq and 3N JUNODSTA and 3N 3unoosrq and 3N 3aunoosrq and 4N 3unoosrq and 3N 9 AANNMOMT TINO 99M 39M 39M 39M 39M 39M 39M 39M 39M som M M quy qunoosrq epol ana 3 N Rpol Te301 JUNOOSTA Te3oL end IN uoradrzos q STEJOL 95808104 use dv junouy yooug ptederg 3unouv 9507 sjunoosTq qunouy u yeL saunoosrq qunowy yo uo Je nbay uoradr3os q STeIOL 9TTA S3OSUO dV d r Srz umN OTISUMN OTJSUNN OTJSUNN d r otTzeunueudTy Srz umueudTv Srz umueudTv otTzeunueudTy Srz umueudTv Srz umueudTv otTzeunueud Ty OTJSUNN DTISUMN OTIS OTJSUNN OTJSUNN OTIS OTJSUNN OTJSUNN OTIS OTJSUNN DTISUMN OTIS OTJSUNN DTISUMN OTIS OTJSUNN OTJSUNN OTIS d r Srz umN OTTSUNN OTISUNN OTTSUNN d r ans ALdOHAY ANOS ans AYUDE AY ST vi ET zz Te Og a ANNT
45. PgDn command to exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 5 Restore Features Use the Restore function on the Data File Maintenance menu only if you lose data or files because of an error or a hardware failure When you restore files you can select which application s files need to be restored everything you select including the data in other applications is returned to the state it was in when the backup was made Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Restore Use the Restore screen to select the programs and files you want to restore Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 7 Restore Data File Maintenance Restore Screen F ISAS To MEE Ze rg Pet Edo Restore Ree Company TR Fro 1 pplicetion Frogoenm Thru 2 Application fara Files 1 Report Hrirewer parsa Files 1 Restore Device OE Directories Floppy Tage Field Definitions Field Name Description Restore Select what you want to restore application programs application data files or Report Writer data files Restore Device Select the restore device floppy or tape Company ID Enter the range of companies whose data files you want to restore Directories The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You need a set of backup diskettes for each directory that is listed 5 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05
46. Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 5 Reports Data File Allocation Report Data File Allocation Report TT ET 91 TZ 6L 67 TI 281 09 S 9M SATPY Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q otureudq otureu g Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q otureudq Srueu q Srueu q otureudq otureudq otureudq otureuAq Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q Srueu q orureuka otureu d otweuAg otureu d orueuAg UuoTqov qrodey uor3eoo11V STTA FILT p92 TT 870 Z OZT 5 962 ss 870 Z vot 9 870 Z 89T L 9 FI 870 Z ppt 9 870 Z 960 r 95b 6T 870 Z vee 9T LOE 960 F 9LS 88 870 Z 028 I 870 Z 91z 6 009 68 870 Z b8c 870 Z 960 r 008 ZT LOE 9EL US 095 7 887 ZT 6zT 802 T9p T 61 917 09 TS pasn SZTSITTA Arddng sz pTrng SSUEN MY SSTIJUY DUTIINOSY qv NSOZMA oJul sy setayug Put1anmooy ay NSOZMA J0NIJISUJ setzquy HUTIINDSY MW ISOZME JOTA s rzquq PUTIINDAY MW asozma sqyrodey My 2070AU uedo ay UPOZMY S WeN MY S0TOAUT USdO av NPOZME oJuI sy sotoaut u do av NPOZMA JONIISUT MY SOTOAUT u do dy IP OZMY Azeuotjotq SToAUI usdo av POZMA sqrodey My S0940 dY YEOTME SSUEN MY SAD9U d NEOZMY UOTJRUIOJUT SY syo uo av INE OZMY SUOTJONIISUI MY SOO dV TEOTMY Azeuotyotd syoeuD dv GE OTMY s310d94 My
47. Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 25 Top 10 Items Function The Top 10 Items dashboard provides a list of the top 10 items Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Items An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 27 Top 10 Items EIS Dashboards Top 10 Items screen r Top 10 Ite Irem bessriprice TTE Falas 1 Ti Heat iag Cael ibe Package 733 517 36 50 Pimbing Package THA 256 ae 3 50 Staal Suprorcm 270 772 94 ta 100 ELSE real Farkas 440 139 01 E 50 Exterior Fase la 350 156 55 400 Intarior Matarisls 188 332 07 100 Cabinets 131 208 28 B 550 Hillrock Package igs iT 84 P 450 Slide by Vindow 24 x 407 397 900 61 10 330 Entity Deer 11 972 29 Update Prselc Global Setup Field View Edit Lomd Mistory Command Bar Definitions Command Description Update Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Press to display information within a range Field Press F to change the definition of the field View Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce 7 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05
48. TOZO Exited from 15 DE ITA O8 ies 1999 nat BA De Logia ASTIVLLY 001741 00 26 1998 Bort byi Terminal ID Fafrumh Jort Vimgu dial Field Definitions Field Name Description User ID The user ID is displayed Term The terminal number for the user is displayed AP The ID of the application the user is accessing is displayed Menu Selection The menu selection the user is accessing is displayed Time The time the user accessed the menu selection is displayed Date The date of the activity is displayed 6 60 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance User Login Activity Command Bar Definitions Command Description T Toggle between the menu name and the file name S Change the order in which the users appear on the screen Select a new sort order from the list that appears see page 6 62 Go to a new position in the list of users View the detailed information for this user Refresh the information on the screen Saving and Exiting To exit to the Information Inquiry menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 61 User Login Activity System File Maintenance Sort File Menu Sr Gara Dat Pers Edo T Toan HA pran Bort byi Terminal ID luiced irom cid Dauer Login bctavity Felted fei ag Umur Login Activity User O fet AP Bea meleor on Tiie b re 001174 00 76 5990 09 074 00 26 1999 091054 08 26 1999 Jeleor dare Rechoda l Termin
49. a group of pages Exit to the menu from any point in the report Move left one character Move right one character Toggle between the left and right halves of a report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Function Commands Key Up Arrow Down Arrow Operation Move a line up and down the screen to line up information when you toggle between halves of a report Scroll Region Commands When the prompt gt is in a line item scroll region you can use the following commands Key Down Arrow Up Arrow PgUp PgDn Home End F3 Delete Ins Insert Enter Edit Operation Move down one line item Move up one line item Move to the previous screen or to the first line if you are on the first screen Move to the next screen or to the last line if you are on the last screen Move to the first line item in the entire list Move to the last line item in the entire list Delete the line item at the prompt gt Insert a line item at the prompt gt Edit the line item at the prompt gt Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 37 Reports Selecting a Range of Information Sorting To produce a report you must specify the amount of information you want in the report Toproduce a report that includes all the available information leave the From Thru fields on the report function screen blank For example if you want information about all the vendors
50. an inquiry window during device maintenance RMTDxxx Tax Location Detail The RMTDxxx file stores such tax location detail information as the percentage rates and tax expense account RMTHxxx Tax Location Header The RMTHxxx file stores the tax location header information B 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References File Descriptions RMTXxxx Tax Locations The RMTXxxx file stores such tax location information as the tax authority tax ID amount of taxable and nontaxable sales tax collected for each location and GL account that sales taxes are posted to from other applications RMUCxxx User Comments The RMUCxxx file stores the comments you enter in the User Comments function RMUIxxx User ID The RMUIxxx file stores descriptions of user IDs for the User Comments function SUGGEST Suggestions The SUGGEST file stores the suggestions entered through the Other Commands menu Suggestions might include enhancements to the software that you would like to see Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 11 Common Questions C For the latest answers to OSAS related questions see our website at www OSAS com support osas faq Which interpreters work with Windows XW Microsoft Windows 95 98 and NT XY Microsoft Windows Netware Client My customer is running multiple servers Windows 95 98 Windows NT Novell etc on the same network Will there be any problems installing OSAS for Windows As long
51. as OSAS is installed on a supported server Windows 95 98 Windows NT 3 51 with service pack 5 or 4 0 with service pack 5 or Novell 3 2 4 11 or 5 0 there should be no problems My customer is using Windows 95 98 as workstations what network does OSAS for Windows run on Windows 95 98 Windows NT 3 51 with service pack 5 or 4 0 with service pack 5 with the XW interpreter and Novell 3 2 4 11 and 5 0 with the XY interpreter What workstations are supported for OSAS for Windows OSAS for Windows supports workstations running under Windows 95 98 and NT 3 51 Workstation with service pack 5 NT 4 0 Workstation with service pack 5 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 C 1 Common Questions References C 2 When I use continuous forms with a sysprint device why is there an extra form feed after the alignment mark When you print to a spooled printer Windows automatically generates a form feed Printing an alignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows Turn the alignment mark off through Form Codes in Resource Manager If you wish to print direct with out the form feed you need to set up a device in OSAS that will print to the local port for example dev Itp1 for Windows 95 98 and Ipt for Windows NT and the windows print driver needs to print directly to the port What s the best way to make changes to my CONFIG BBX file The Resource Manager Devices function is designe
52. blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank If you are using a wide carriage printer use the Print Setup function in Windows to set up the paper size Select a paper size of 14 7 8 inches x 11 inches Open Systems recommends using the US SF US standard fanfold information in the Windows Print Manager Device Default Settings Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Cols Wide Carriage 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Printers for Windows Device Print Dialog Wide Carriage Dot Matrix Print Setup Wide Carriage Dot Matrix Default Settings Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Cols 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 136 Compress Cols 240 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank Terminal aliases specify that the alias is a syswindow No other parameters are necessary nor are they recognized by OSAS Printing with Windows Print Manager You can use the Windows Print Manager to print reports you produce in OSAS applications When you finish making selections for a report or list the output device prompt appears When you select P to print the report or list the following window
53. descriptions Fost tramssctices is deteil or sumery Keep addicicasl desccipcioz in history BL Low prlating GI Saline Sherk asp summary purchase bistory7 ert fore Tepe Do you want to ghow m warring 32 cuplicets imoice mater dr at rranmsaricn saccy la wane to farse totale on EE Fast Material Pequisition credits o IH item sersinta Ta you vant to beep check kistory PE LAL copar ee Gh CASE Saba Corner tica Logic VELLE Value TES 1001 of DIZ Field Definitions Field Name Description Value Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description The options for the application you selected are displayed The current value of the option is displayed 3 15 Options and Interfaces Company Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter toggle Press Enter to toggle between options Write Press W to save the values you selected and exit to the Company Setup menu Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu use the Write W command 3 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Access Codes Features Use the Access codes function on the Company Setup menu to protect your data files from unauthorized access Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Access Codes Use the Access Codes screen to select the menus and functions to protect from unauthorized access Resource Manager U
54. each field into its setup ID description and formula enter Y if not enter N If you want to list each function and setup ID for each field broken down into ID description type and range enter Y if not enter N Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Screen Definitions List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 53 did TeqolL SoTOAUT IOYSTH TZT S OTOAUI u do GLA OSTW OTOAUI 10ISTH ald OSTW OTOAUI IOYSTH OZT 16 seoToAuT u do GLA XeL SOTOAUT Azo sTH GLd XEL 80ToAuI IOYSTH 06 19 Ss oroAuI u do GLA qubr zd4 SOTOAUT 1OISTH ald 3UDTSIEF SOTOAUT 1OISTH 09 TE Se0TOAUT uedo GIA TeqoIqns SOTOAUT AZO STH ala Tegogans sotoauT 4O3STH Executive Information Summary List List inition INITIONS Screen Defi Screen Def SP 60 00 666 666 666 81 80 00 666 666 666 Z9 LO 00 666 666 666 SP LO 00 666 666 666 81 10 00 666 666 666 z9 90 00 666 666 666 Sp 90 00 666 666 666 81 90 00 666 666 666 z9 SO 00 666 666 666 Sp SO 00 666 666 666 81
55. function Function Not Fully Defined The function you are trying to use does not use a setup type a setup type must be used Function Number Missing From Field 7 You did not specify a function in the formula for the field definition For example you might have written F 3 instead of F1 3 Filename information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you inserted the correct diskette filename is missing from queue Cannot archive The print job you are trying to archive does not exist It may have been deleted from the queue Check the filename and try again A 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Jilename is missing from queue Cannot search The print Job you are searching for does not exist It may have been deleted from the queue Check the filename and try again File type not supported You cannot use the Change File Size function to change the size of an indexed or string file fs load error n bbx unable to open channel n ERROR A BBx error has occurred You cannot start the accounting software with a terminal ID that is not set up in your config bbx file Make sure that the config bbx file is on your system and start OSAS with a different terminal ID If the problem persists get help from a support technician Global string xxxxxxxxxxxx is not defined
56. function retrieves the data and sends it to the screen When you use the Recalc or Global command on an EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function the information is stored here OSAPPL DOS and OSAPPL UNX Application The OSAPPL files store information about individual applications Resource Manager uses the files during installation and to control the Applications menu The OSAPPL DOS file is used on Windows systems while the OSAPPL UNX file is used on UNIX and Linux systems One or both files may be used depending on the operating systems you use with OSAS In mixed client server environments the UNIX terminals use the OSAPPL UNX file for program path information and the Windows workstations use OSAPPL DOS OSBUF TXT OSREF TXT Backup Restore disk The OSBUF TXT and the OSREF TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up or restore files from a diskette Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSBUT TXT OSRET TXT Backup Restore tape The OSBUT TXT and OSRET TXT files are text files that contain the command to back up and restore files from a tape Refer to the Backup Restore Commands screen for more information OSCL Workstation Colors The OSCL file stores information about the color sets used for a workstation s 14 windows and screens Set up the colors of your workstation through the Colors function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 5 File Descriptions Reference
57. function returns the transaction totals for a particular day Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight 4 Numeric Invoices Miscellaneous 5 Numeric Debit Memos Subtotal 6 Numeric Debit Memos Tax 7 Numeric Debit Memos Freight 8 Numeric Debit Memos Miscellaneous 9 Numeric Invoice Totals 10 Numeric Debit Memos Totals APHIPTD AP Detail History File PTD Totals The APHIPTD function returns the transaction totals for the period to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Subtotal 2 Numeric Invoices Tax 3 Numeric Invoices Freight Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub Type 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Description Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Memos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals Debit Memos Totals APHIYTD AP Detail History File YTD Totals The APHIYTD function returns the transaction totals for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description Invoices Subtotal Invoices Tax Invoices Freight Invoices Miscellaneous Debit Memos Subtotal Debit Memos Tax Debit Memos Freight Debit Me
58. machine within many popular operating systems and help you with your accounting software questions In the manual we use the term Conventions or standards to help describe complicated processes new terms and to help you use your OSAS applications Manual Conventions The Resource Manager user manuals are divided into two volumes the Resource Manager Installation Manual and the Resource Manager User s Manual The Installation Manual is divided into these sections Introduction provides an overview of Resource Manager and the OSAS system including installation procedures graphical and text based application features and function key references e Installation explains the steps necessary to begin using Resource Manager in your company including how to install OSAS on your system For conversion information see Appendix E in the Installation Manual The Resouce Manager User s Manual is made up of several chapters covering e Function Instructions in which each chapter describes a function group or menu within Resource Manager e Examples of day to day functions e Report examples Mouse Conventions The standard mouse has two buttons left and right each performing certain functions In this manual we use these terms for using the mouse click right click double click and deselect Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 9 Conventions Introduction The click is a single press on the left mouse
59. nq qu zzno srs Teuv butby ANN r tO XO X e OY O Gq m n XO XU ONO LOGPETTOGBLIGHETTOG6S8LIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETTOGBLIGHETT L 9 3STT SUOTITUT Arddng sz 8 J q u zos SPT mg v 4 srs Teuv sTgeAeg saunooov T Jno RT u zos TyNVdYV paeoqysed WY 6 TT 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 54 Field Definitions List Features Use the Field Definitions List function on the Master File Lists menu to produce a list of fields that have been defined You can list each function s ID and description or you can list each function broken down with its types of output Reports A sample Field Definitions List is on page 8 58 Screen Use Screen Description Field Definitions List Use the Field Definitions List screen to select the fields and the amount of detail you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 55 Field Definitions List Executive Information Summary Field Definitions List Screen Sera BEE Sura dt Pii Esp r Field Definicion List Pick Fisld Ib Fram AFAGE 143 Tiru FAGE O Frank 1 Full fersil E durar Only 1 hor Function Secup besail HU Sukput device Flzinter gifjeartesv fille Zicregzg diana Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Field ID Enter the range of fields you want in the list Print To list the functions and setup IDs assigned to each field definition enter 1 To list only the
60. on a network Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Press S to display information within a range Press F to change the definition of the field Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Company Summary Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 5 Cash Requirements Forecast Function The Cash Requirements Forecast dashboard provides cashflow projections Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Cash Requirements An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Forecast and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 7 Cash Requirements Forecast EIS Dashboards Cash Requirements Forecast Screen Get t Bat biip Cosh F Furu Low Frujmcrt zoanm Today i sr hode Ending Litt Ehdizy y Fps t Ending 0105 1255 Endizg 017 12 1796 Endizg 0119 1778 Ending 01
61. returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description H 37 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 27 Numeric 7 Item Sales 28 Numeric 7 Item Quantity 29 Alphanumeric 8 Item ID 30 Alphanumeric 8 Item Description 31 Numeric 8 Item Sales 32 Nu
62. select R If applicable select S if you want the report to be in standard size print or C if you want it to be in compressed print In the Printer dialog box that appears select a sysprint printer and press Enter The report is displayed on the screen See Appendix F for toolbar and menu options 1 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Reports e Toview the report on the screen select S If the workstation default for compressed characters is inactive the report is displayed in standard character mode If the default is active you can select standard mode or compressed mode See your terminal documentation and the section on the termcap file in the PRO and Visual PRO 5 User s Manual If the message End of Page appears at the bottom of the report screen you can press Enter to generate the next page of the report If the message End of Report appears at the bottom of the report screen you can press Enter to exit to the menu you selected the report from e If you need to change some selections before you produce the report select E and then press Enter To end the function and return to the menu without producing the report select E and then use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 41 Workstation Configuration Colors Keyboard Devices Defaults Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 3 2 7 2 11 2 23 2 1 Colors Features Use the Colors function on the
63. sysprint Windows Default Printer Laser LINES 63 5PCOLS 80 CP sysprint Print Dialog Laser LINES 63 5PCOLS 80 CPCOLS 132 TM sysprint Print Setup Laser LINES 63 5PCOLS 80 CPCOLS 132 TMA sysprint Windows Default Printer Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCOLS sysprint Print Dialog Dot Matrix LINES 66 SPCOLS 80 CPCOLS 1 sysprint Print Setup Dot Matrix LINES 66 5PCOLS 80 CPCOLS 13 sysprint Windows Default Printer Wide Carriage LINES 66 5PCO sysprint Print Dialog Wide Carriage Dot Matrix LINES 66 5PCO sysprint Print Setup Wide Carriage Dot Matrix LINES 66 5PCOL syswindow syswindow syswindow syswindow syswindow workstation in your system Use the Printers screen to set up the printer configuration for the system Use the Terminals screen to set up the terminal configuration for the system Use the Plotters screen to set up the plotter configuration for the system Use the Configuration Backup window to establish a configuration backup file for the system Bm ES Enter edit Append Write Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Devices Field Definitions Field Name Description none The devices and assigned values are displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a device A second command bar appears
64. that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank Accept the value specified in the xxTOP file or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a self join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is always 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 33 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Global Links Screen makan Dat Pore kjen Wiri AFHIS Global Inquicy Definition Page q of 4 Slobal LLARS Label Wind 1D Bmfirm By Fl Por veal Fag Lan KeyFoo 1 LANENLJEY CAVE F IL OUT Gay l OE 1 5 14 Auto gepot Apps sne Winds Link 10 Suirok Lee Exciraion Aseliostion Pindo IJ INFE Fay Definition Bertine br Fla FoarVal Stace Length Position in Fey L FIL 003 c37 cos Oct z FIL Field Definitions 6 34 Field Name Label Wind ID Define By Fld Pos Val Beg Len KeyPos Switch Output Appearance pas Guy ozo ooo Desc
65. the Commands List destination of the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 7 Backup Restore Commands List Master File Lists Backup Restore Commands List Screen 0585 1008 BE Gaig La Pert bjp Backup Partoca Toommndr List Tutgut device EPhrizkec p levier Flile 5 creas jm Field Definitions Field Name Description none none 11 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Backup Restore Commands List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 9 Master File Lists Backup Restore Commands List Backup Restore Commands List 310desy Jo puq V N 1X1 ITSO SUTT puewwog odeL WO1J 31075394 V N IXL INISO SUTT pueumoy ade o dnxoeg S q08T s ATP doTF HYOLSIY IXL AHUSO SUTT pueuuoy ddoTA WO1J 8101584 S doT3 20878S A 179 anova IXL ANESO SUTT puewwog ddoT4 09 dnxoeg AST spuewuog a103s8y dnxoeg WY 1Z 6 Arddns szepttng 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 10 Application Information List Features The Application Information List shows the applications that a
66. the authorities you accumulate sales taxes for Set up tax classes before setting up tax locations Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Tax Locations Edit Line window View Line window Description Use the Tax Locations screen to add or change tax location records Use the Edit Line window to change tax location information Use the View Line window to look at tax class detail information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 7 Tax Locations Application Setup Tax Locations Screen G USAS To gjette Ka P biip Tak Loan ion HHE Mare ELiga Fesale Tax Level i Tax Tb M37 7990 54254054216 Authority MH Tax on Feeigbz Ho Mimo HO Tar Liability ABEL 112 Tax Perundamle keer Clara Dunm r pcicari Zelaa Ter Furch Tax Tax Collacted Tax Fuid D gt Consume sd a 500 D ii Do a ni Resale Sales g hol n 000 00 aa oz Exempt Salam 0 000 7 000 Do 2a 03 Indr Age Posa 0 NOG 0 000 OG ai 04 nr rmrar Co g DOG 0 000 ao Ar os Aotor Vehicles 0 000 0 000 Do am DE Bund is LB LS rira 0 000 0 000 00 AD rf Fond Froduzta i fen Oc D nr Ds Lryt aru O 000 0 000 Do D oF Furl 0 ooo 7 000 DO oD Total oo OD Calculated 00 ED EAE Cy STEN DD aL Enter edit Tes Loc First Last bust Fray View Hose Goto Clara Tax Locations Field Definitions Field Name Tax Location Name Tax Level Tax ID Authority Tax on Tax Liabil
67. the tape when you press Enter 2 Press one of these keys to enter the operator add subtract multiply divide For example if you press the number you entered 32 followed by the plus sign moves to the bottom of the Tape field The Calculator inserts the decimal point and the following zeros if you are working with round numbers The subtraction operator works the same as those on adding machines Press a number and 3 Enter the second number 99 It appears in the Entry field as you type and moves to the bottom of the tape when you press Enter The calculation is then made and the total 131 00 followed by two asterisks is shown at the bottom of the tape 4 If you want to start a new tape press Fl or C to clear the tape before you start another calculation Making a String of Calculations You can make consecutive calculations using the running total from each previous operation 1 Enter the first number of the calculation to reset the current total The new total appears on the tape F 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Type the operator you want to use do not press Enter The number you typed in step 1 and the operator appear in the Tape field Enter the second number The calculation is made and the total is displayed at the bottom of the tape This total is used to start the next calculation Type the second operator do not press Enter The la
68. the total Switch the printer on and off If you turn the printer on your subsequent entries will be printed until you turn the printer off or exit from the calculator Change the number of default decimal places displayed by the Calculator The default number of decimal places is read from the current OSAS program Valid values are 0 1 2 3 4 5 FLOAT Floating Point and AUTO Automatic Numbers are saved and calculated with 1 to 14 decimal places but only the default number of decimal places is shown When you select FLOAT the decimal floats from 0 to 5 places to correctly display a number unless 5 places are not available after you enter the whole number When you select AUTO a decimal is placed before the last two numbers of each entry unless you include a decimal as part of the entry Exit from the Calculator and copy the total into the field the cursor is in on the screen where you accessed the calculator The status of the printer on off and of the automatic placement of the decimal point 0 5 or FL for floating is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 3 Other Commands References Making a Calculation Follow the same procedure for each of the Calculator s four math functions x and For example to add 32 and 99 follow these steps 1 Enter the first number 32 to load the new subtotal into the Calculator The number appears in the Entry field as you type and is transferred to
69. these records Try again later If you get this message again in the UNIX XENIX version make sure that SHARE was executed during system startup You can get more help from a support technician Unable to lock file in use You cannot run a function that must lock a file that is being used by another workstation on your system Try the function again when no one else is using the file Unable to open file Unable to open file in use The file you are trying to use is locked at another terminal on your system or the file is corrupted Wait a few minutes and try again If the condition persists get help from a support technician Unable to print to device The system cannot access the device you are trying to print to Make sure that the device is online then try again Unmatched Parenthesis Found in Formula Every left parenthesis must have a right parenthesis and vice versa Unmatched Quotation Marks Found in Formula You must have an even number of quotation marks in a formula Version number must be equal to or greater than installed application You cannot install an earlier version of an application over a more recent version A 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Version number too large The version number you entered is too large Check the version number and try again Warning invalid date entered The date you entered is not valid The month you entered does not end with the
70. through the end of the list Key PgUp PgDn End Operation Display the previous page of the window Display the next page of the window Move directly to the last item on file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Function Commands Key Home Down Arrow Up Arrow Ins Look up F7 Exit Enter Esc View commands Operation Move directly to the first item on file Move down one item Move up one item Enter a string of information If you have an idea of what you are looking for and the ID is longer than one character you can make a partial key inquiry to cut down the size of the inquiry list For example if you know that the ID starts with J enter J in the ID field Leave the Inquiry window without selecting anything Select the item the cursor is pointing to Open a window that shows Inquiry window commands and the window ID Inventory Search Commands If you use the Inventory application and the cursor is in an Item ID field you can use any of the Inventory Search commands to search for information about items and select an item for entry in the field you are in Key Shift F3 Alias Lookup Shift F4 Customer Vendor Lookup Operation Search for items with a specified alias listed as an alternate item When you enter the alias you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on cust
71. to a file Screen Select to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Application Setup menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Application Setup menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 19 Application Setup Sales Tax Report Sales Tax Report s seuozna 330da1 jo pug seTes WIOL INV seseyorng saseyoma 000 setes 000 saseyoma 000 seTes 000 s seuozna 000 soTes 000 saseyoma 000 setes 000 saseyoma 000 seTes 000 s seuozna 000 seTes 000 saseyoma 000 setes 000 saseyoma 000 seTes 000 s seuozna 000 seTes 000 saseyoma 000 saTes 005 9 194 jou Jeg XEL aTesoy ENN NOLIYIOT 404 WIOL SOOTAISS 60 BUTTOSED 80 BuTYIOTO LO sjonpozrg DOO 90 S TOTU A TOIOW SO uno 9IPISISIUT 70 pozd 16V PUI 0 seres qduexg Z0 s Tes eTesey TO spoog z umsuoo 00 SsseTo uotqdtzoseq XEL 2JOSSUUTN UNN ueN 207 XeL WY 20 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 vb LS606ZZ 00 aTqepunjyey 1048 1250 p aeTnoTeo xeL TqexequoN STAPXEL 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 bb LS6067T 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
72. to be in a report leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank e Tolimit the amount of information in the report enter the range of information in the From Thru fields For example if you want a report to include information only about vendor ACE001 enter ACE001 at both From and Thru If you want the report to include information only about vendors that start with CO enter CO at From and COZZZZ at Thru Each field where you enter information on a report function screen usually restricts the overall output of the report For example if you leave the Vendor ID From and Thru fields blank the report will contain information about all the vendors But if you enter invoice 100 in the Invoice Number From and Thru fields and invoice 100 is assigned only to vendor ACE001 the report includes information only about vendor ACE001 Information for reports is sorted first by a space _ then by characters then by digits then by uppercase letters and finally by lowercase letters No matter what you enter in the From and Thru fields however your entries are sorted in alphabetical order unless the function provides an option to sort the information differently Sorting by alphabetical codes or IDs is easy For example the ID ACL comes before the ID BB because A comes before B Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 39 Reports Introduction But take notice when you enter codes or IDs that consist of something other than letters th
73. totals by order status from the Purchase Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric New Orders Count 2 Numeric New Orders Total 3 Numeric Printed Orders Count 4 Numeric Printed Orders Total Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 45 Predefined Functions References H 46 Sub Type Description 5 Numeric Goods Received Orders Count 6 Numeric Goods Received Orders Total 7 Numeric Invoiced Orders Count 8 Numeric Invoiced Orders Total 9 Numeric Returned Orders Count 10 Numeric Returned Orders Total 11 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Count 12 Numeric Returned w Debit Memo Orders Total 13 Numeric Cancelled Orders Count 14 Numeric Cancelled Orders Total 15 Numeric All Orders Count 16 Numeric All Orders Total PORECINV PO Receipts and Invoices File Totals The PORECINV function returns the posted and unposted total from receipts and invoices Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Current Subtotal 2 Numeric Current Sales Tax 3 Numeric Current Freight 4 Numeric Current Miscellaneous Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub Type 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric 8 Numeric 9 Numeric 10 Numeric 11 Numeric 12 Numeric 13 Numeric 14 Numeric Description Current Discount Current Prepaid Current Total Posted Subtotal Posted Sales Tax Posted Freight Posted Miscellaneous Posted Discount Posted Prepa
74. yen Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory costs Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory prices Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to inventory quantities Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 5 Company Information Company Setup Field Name Description Rates Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to rates Hours Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to hours Cr Limits Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to credit limits Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu 3 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Creation Features Use the Data File Creation function on the Company Setup menu to create the data files that you need to process information for a company Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Data File Creation Use the Data File Creation screen to select the directory for the files you create Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 7 Data File Creation Company Setup Data File Creation Screen Gira La Pew blip Bete Film Conveceion BELEST OLPSSTOEY OG Shieh fo BESTE Files i Der fC AS GO Sama 1 Entec directory thet contains the filer to Es converted Do poe want auuro files erased alter gonverajon Do yom want Conversion t
75. 109STH av YTOTMY STIA seuen IOJSTH aw NZOZMY uot jeumojuyt Aey IOJSTH av NZOZMA SUOTJONIISUI MY IOISTH av IZOZMY Areuorzorq TOISTH dv ATOTME sqiodey MY UOTJOPSUPIL av YTOZMY STIA SeweN UOTJOPSUEIL av NTOZME ogur y UOTJOPSUPII MW WTOZMY UOTJONIISUI MY UOTJOPSUPII dy ITOZMY Aaguorqorq UOTIDPSUPAL d GTOZMY STIA Modey IOpU A ay Y007MY 9TTA SAWEN IODU A AV NOOZMA UOTJRUIOJUT Aey JOPUSA ay INOOZMY SUOTJONIISUI MY JOPUSA dv I1007MY XRUOTIDTA IODU A dV C00ZMA TT4d OTdOL av dOLAV PAPPMY SYSO UO av 10 seTTa pezeys 3714 SUOTJTUTFJS MOPUTM av GNIMdV seyoqtms ebeyutt uotido av HOMSdV STTI NUS dv NNAV STTA Teqel av IXI THgVIdV STLA dT H dv dISHdV ISTT SeTTa av IXI SYTIEdV OTS VIVdd SIT UOTIEOTTddY av IXL Idavav dv5084 SVS0 uo dv 103 S9TLE pezeys uoradrzos q AMPUSTTA NY TZ 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 6 Product Suggestions Report Features Produce the Product Suggestions Report when you are ready to fax or mail the suggestions you created through the Product Suggestions utility to Open Systems Reports A sample Product Suggestion Report is on page 10 10 Screen Use Screen Description Product Suggestions Use the Product Suggestions Report screen to select the Report suggestions you want in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 7 Product Suggestions Report Reports Product Suggestions Report Screen 20545 1000 r Fruduct TZuggertics
76. 12413956 ram Update Frselc 71 uah Fequicements Forucart LAE OG Hamd Cesk an legomit GOD Begsnnir Cash balanse 2 140 46 Period co bare Foared 00 Pariod to Hatea Tspostad 264 50 Corrent aah Balance a iF f sah LAE 104 Cash OL P lar Her Ta Sos 519 666 58 67 018 24 20 811 85 17 000 54 33 531 01 14 621 93 13 330 000 17 094 87 00 Teh 82 110 23 an Br 110 24 52 70b 21 4 DO Jz TOt Z1 30 714 93 Mu 30 719 58 00 an 00 Projected Endiry Cash Balance 34 de GE obal Satup Field View Edit Losd Eistory Command Bar Definitions 7 8 Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Description Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Press to display information within a range Press F to change the definition of the field Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Cash Requirements Forecast Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgD
77. 13 Field Definitions Field Name Description Current Fiscal Year Enter the current fiscal year No of Periods Year Enter the number of periods in the year Period Periods 1 13 are displayed Begin Date Enter the month and the first day of each period End Date Enter the month and the last day of each period Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 4 26 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Period Setup Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Application Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 27 Forms Reorder Features Use the Forms Reorder function on the Application Setup menu to enter order information for Open Systems forms and to print the reorder form Reports A sample reorder form is on page 4 36 Screen Use Screen Forms Reorder Append Edit Line window Header Information window Description Use the Forms Reorder screen to view line items you have entered and to select a command from the command bar Use the Append Edit Line window to add or edit a line item Use the Header Information window to enter header information for shipping and billing purposes Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 29 Forms Reorder Application Setup Forms Reorder Screen 20545 1000 Fei Dat Emi Edo r Forma Reo cder PRE Bo DESETIST LOG Parts ony Brart H Lire 001 of 000 Entec edit
78. 17 Accounts Payable Analysis Function The Accounts Payable Analysis dashboard provides information from key items in Accounts Payable and Purchase Order Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Accounts Payable Analysis An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Screen and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 19 Accounts Payable Analysis EIS Dashboards Accounts Payable Analysis Screen pira Eat Ein Esp Accounts Payable Kralymim Aging Snaipeie Purchases Higeory Furicd ro Dbeta Tunr to Deta Current bue PREFECTO Tra lees 14 654 20 ds SD 55 p fiaiamce 11 60 120 445 07 Freighr 00 an 61 90 300 071 18 Tex 2 551 70 165 395 21 71 150 JO ide on an 138 74 408 20 u lin eee ee nn nn nenn Total 00 2 021 293 87 Total Due 914 901 52 Pepper Hiatacy dort om Hold 74 094 87 Berciod to Dete Adel a Tap Zola Man Prepalas u ker Felesss 560 106 66 biso 00 Chacke Do 2 565 441 55 Total Vendkea L piac co s 0553 10 Inv om Hold 7 SSS n Inv ca Tap Bold D Total 00 2 405 721 07 Cov Fe Lemos 18 Update Prselc lobal Setup Field View Edit Lomd Mistory Command Bar Definitions Command Description Update Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information
79. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory Predefined Functions References ARCTOPSL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Sales Totals The ARCTOPSL function returns the customers that provided the most sales last year in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric
80. 5555 5555 5555 5555 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 7777 7777 7777 7777 TE 7997 7777 7777 8888 8888 8888 8888 8888 8888 8888 8888 Field Definitions Field Name Workstation Copy From Color Group Description The workstation ID is displayed If you have a multiuser system you can copy color settings from one workstation to another with a similar monitor Enter the ID of the workstation you want to copy the color settings from For each screen type you can select the colors for the screen background a color group text border and title To select the screen type you want to change use the Jump Tab command until you get to the window or screen you want Then enter a color combination from one of the eight color groups on the left side of the screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Colors Field Name Description Text Enter the number of the color within the color group you selected you want for text Border Enter the number of the color within the color group you selected you want for borders Title Enter the number of the color group you want for the title Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 5 Keyboard Features Use the Keyboard functi
81. 8 015 07 Bukit Ak LO 210 100 62 101 19 454 101 Varisaoe T 505 00 765 191 26 475 430 FE Grass Frafit Ahora 15 45 38 30 742 14 4 410 340 61 Buda 11 053 28 241 581 54 4 561 003 80 Marijisace 4 4 756 00 122 638 40 20 193 339 Cash Balance 13 802 32 l ventere Valu 1 202 004 34 kE Balance Ta TAB OE LP Balance 455 124 81 Toma Tickets D Ectuml Target Talok Pario iihi Fade Usahipped Codera Do Current Haris 5 05 3 10 00 L Shipped Orders LED 67 87 Dabei Ec t s 0 7951 H TE L Faszurrmd Codecs Da Updets Pecalic Globel Setup Field View Edit Load History Field Definitions You can customize the EIS Dashboard producing many combination of screen layouts 8 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Command Bar Definitions Command Description Update Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Press S to display information within a range Field Press F to change the definition of the field View Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to displ
82. A 1OISTH TeIed av GILdIHdV I dnjes uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA 9 TA enwog did xen owen 31980 IOYSTH Tregeg av XIdgdmdy dL prera OO sTeqoL ULA STTA XOISTH TreIsa dv GIdIHdV I dnjes uoTqdtzoseq UOTIOUNA felta L r 9 T S TI eruo Id Te3oL sou 31981 103SFH TTe3 q av OldgddHdV AI PISTA dWOO sTe3oL Ald TA Ato3sTH TeIed av GILdIHdV I dnjes uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA sta emuo did Te3oaqns oweW ITGE 10ISTH TeIed av ISdadHd dI PTOTA OO sTeqoL ALd STTA XOISTH TreIsa dv GIdIHdV I dn3es uoT3drT19S9G UOTIOUNA g Ta e nuzog GLd OSTW OUSN 11980 Azo3sTH Tregsad av IWdgqHdV qI PISTA NOD sTeqoL Ula 9TTA XOISTH TreIsa dv GIdIHdV I dnjes uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA LITA euog did TI OWN 1181 Azoqsty Tejet av UddadHay qI PTOTA anod ste3oL Atreq TFA ArojstH TTeIeq av AYCIHAY I dnjes uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA LIT emuo Atted qybtezy owe 3198g I0ISTH 129A av UAWECHdY qI PISTA sebuey Aueduwog MOI STeIOL TFA SPOW dV YOTHIN sebuey Aueduoo NOD sTe3ol 9Tt4 SOTOAUT uedo av NAd0Av Z sabuey Kueduoo anoo sSTe3ol TA SUOTJoPSUEIL AV NVYLav T uor3draos q dI dnijes uotqdtzoseq UOTIDUNA EZ Z la T Ta3 eTnuzog oueTeg STge eg saunooov Tygdv qI PTOTA ISTT uorqrurj q PTSTA NY Tr llI Arddng sasptrng 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 58 Functions List Features Use the Functions List function on the Master File Lists menu to produce a list of functio
83. A to add a tax group Saving and Exiting To save your entries press Enter To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 15 Sales Tax Report Features Print the Sales Tax Report at the end of each period for information about how taxes have been allocated for the tax locations you set up Reports A sample Sales Tax Report is on page 4 20 Screen Use Screen Description Sales Tax Report Use the Sales Tax Report screen to select the tax authorities and locations you want in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 17 Sales Tax Report Application Setup Sales Tax Report Screen 0545 1000 feige La Poe Edo r Salem Tuz Fagorct Pick Tax Authority Feo THLE ti Tax Logarion From EHR Thru ENR FE Tax L raren ax urbarircy L Print Salem TES Purchases TIN Tutgpyut device IFirimtec plfjevier Fedde jorunn Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Enter the range of tax authorities and tax locations you want in the report Print By Select the item by which you want to organize the report Print Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want to list sales and purchases Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer 4 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Sales Tax Report Command Description File Select F to send the report
84. Abandon F5 commands by issuing the command a second time press A if not press I If you want the character you type to appear before to the left of the cursor press A If you want the character you type to replace the one the cursor is on press I In some applications quick entry lets you skip nonessential fields on a screen If you want the cursor to stop only at fields that require new data press A If you need to change a nonessential field when quick entry is active use the up arrow key to move back to the field after you pass it If you want the cursor to stop at every field you can change on the screen press I If you want to be able to exit to the operating system s shell environment through the BB interpreter press A The shell has only enough memory to run simple operating system commands and utilities To exit from OSAS press Alt 1 To return to OSAS enter Exit If you want to restrict access to the operating system s shell press I If you want the system to refresh the screen Alt 2 after a system call press A If you do not want the programs to refresh the screen manually press I If you want to be able to exit from OSAS and run other operating system programs press A If you want to prevent exiting from OSAS press I If you want the copyrights of OSAS to appear on your workstation each time you start OSAS press A if not press I Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 25 Defaults W
85. Append Header Vise Trink foro Field Definitions Field Name Description Product No The product number for the form you are ordering is displayed Description The product description is displayed Parts The number of parts the form has is displayed Qty The quantity of the form you are ordering is displayed Start No The starting number printed on the first form is displayed 4 30 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Forms Reorder Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Header View Print form Saving and Exiting Definition Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press A to append a product line item to the order Press H to enter header information for the order Move the prompt gt to the line item you want to view and press V When you are finished press any key to return to the Forms Reorder screen Press P to print the reorder form Then enter P to send the form to a printer F to send the form to a file or E to change your selections or exit to the Forms Reorder screen To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 31 Forms Reorder Application Setup Append Edit Line Window A SAS Timi Taig La Pee bjp Protat Mudar Frat DPamcriptrigma Himbeer of Farce Dumrrt Ly Br rtLng Haier Imprime Lise 1 Lise 2 Line Liza Lima 5 Lime amp Lima
86. Building Functions When you define a field in EIS you must use functions that have already been built or coded Although the list of functions that EIS provides is extensive you might want to build your own functions For example you might want a field that returns the number of employees from the Payroll application To build a function you must program it in Business BASIC code You should know how to read code use Business BASIC verbs and make Business BASIC manipulate data and handle files If you do not know how to program in Business BASIC but want to create a function contact your OPEN S YSTEMS Accounting Software reseller You also need a copy of the OPEN SYSTEMS Developer Kit for file descriptions and dimension lengths for arrays A sample function GENERIC FNC is included with the software The functions that EIS provides follow the format of GENERIC FNC use it as a base for creating new functions If you are familiar with word processors or spreadsheets this function is like a template the format is set but you must fill in the blanks By looking at other functions already coded for specific tasks for example ARTRAN FNC and GLJYTD FNC you should be able to create your own functions You might notice that the line numbers are not necessarily continuous For example line 899 is listed after line 699 Do not change line numbers that are not listed they either are not used or should not need to be modified when you bui
87. CFO buteult Printer Sot atrio LINEA t Fimlag Cat Matrix LEUES EE SPCDE E aliar FSI t Setup Jct Estris LINES 55 57 alias LEV sysprist Fiadowr Jutsult Primer Vida Carring i aliss FUE avysprist Print Tialag Vids Cecciege ut Matiz LO BEL IPOD ulimr FSV svysprist Foot Setup Vide Cerriaga Doe Mmzrisz LINES SPOOL aliar TOCO sy rindaos m T Trid Enter edit kpparmi Brite Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 E 1 Printers for Windows References Sysprint devices are available for laser dot matrix and wide carriage printers To change a sysprint device move the cursor gt to the device and press E The Devices Printers screen appears The Append screen is identical to the Edit screen oa To Gearge Edi Pent Hele BEx Perica Hama FOP APparan Devise Pee Merle Type Devica Mola Telus Liams Far Paqu SEA ad Compress Cola Tog Eargitr Laft Aszgan Foar fer up Dialog Jerup Mide C ruags fon Parr ik Field Definitions Field Names BBX Device Name Copy From System Device Name Device Type E 2 Description Enter the device name you want to edit or append This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy from Enter the system device name sysprint in lowercase letters A list of default device names is available if you use the Inquiry F2 command Enter the device type A list of d
88. Could not find any valid source files for this application The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not contain files for the application Enter the correct directory name Data files exist Do you want this task to erase them Y N Data files exist for the application you are trying to convert Enter Y if you want the data files for the application to be erased Enter N if you want to abandon the operation Data files exist for this company cannot delete You cannot delete the company from the system because it has data on file Use the appropriate operating system command to back up and delete the files from the data directory Then delete the company Device ID xxxx already exists You cannot use the same ID for more than one device Enter a different ID or exit from the function and edit the device ID you specified A 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Directory does not exist The directory you specified for the files you want to convert does not exist Enter a different directory name Disk drive not ready The system cannot access one of the disk drives to find the file it is looking for Make sure that the door to the diskette drive is closed Display Mask Does Not Fit on Screen The size of the display mask is larger than the screen holds Try to place the field farther away from the right side of the screen in the EIS Dashboard Editor function
89. Descriptions B 1 Common Questions C 1 Laser Alignment Notes D 1 Printers for Windows E 1 Other Commands F 1 Common Ratios G 1 Predefined Functions H 1 Building Functions 1 1 Compatibility Matrix J 1 Index Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Welcome to Resource Manager Resource Manager Overview Conventions Text Menu Graphical Style Menus Favorites Menu Function Commands Reports Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Welcome to Resource Manager The OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software OSASTM product line consists of several accounting applications Each application addresses a different phase of your financial operations together they form a powerful accounting solution to your daily and periodic accounting needs Customer Support Open Systems has a strong commitment to customer service and product quality If you have difficulty in using Open Systems products consult the user s manual and other OSAS reference materials If you need more information consult a customer support representative OSAS Overview Resource Manager The Resource Manager application is the foundation or shell of OSAS it provides the operating environment that holds the other applications Resource Manager is also bundled with two formerly separate applications Executive Information Summary EIS and Print Manager With EIS company information can be accessed quickly and reports compiled and printed out summarizing all aspe
90. Do you want a printout of the error log after each application Y N If you want to produce a copy of the error that occurred during conversion after each application has been converted enter Y if not enter N Each column s position must be greater than any previous You must enter a position for the window column that is a higher value than that for a column you entered previously Empty Screen Press lt Enter gt to load a Different Screen The screen does not have any fields to be displayed Use the EIS Dashboard Editor function to add one or more fields to the screen or load an EIS Dashboard Error Found in Formula You have made a syntax error in the field s math formula probably because you violated a math rule Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 5 System Messages References Error in window definition You defined a window incorrectly Make sure that the fields are the correct type numeric or string the field lengths are correct the starting and column positions are within the limits and so on Then enter the window definition again with the correct values Error log messages exist Press a key to get output device selections After you press a key you can select the output device you want to use to produce a copy of the error log Existing record length exceeds new record length When you change the file size you cannot specify a record length that is smaller than the length of the existing data rec
91. E function returns the amount from sales transactions and the costs of the transactions Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoice Totals 2 Numeric Credit Memo Totals 3 Numeric Invoice Cost Totals 4 Numeric Credit Memo Cost Totals Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 29 Predefined Functions References ARTRAN AR Transaction File Invoice Totals The ARTRAN function returns the totals from unposted invoices and miscellaneous credits in the Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Invoice Totals Credit Memo Totals Invoice Cost Totals Credit Memo Cost Totals BRBANK BR Bank Accounts File Totals The BRBANK function returns the bank balance Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric H 30 Description Bank Balance Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions BRJDAY BR Journal File Daily Totals The BRJDAY function returns for a particular day the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you withdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Deposit Total Disbursement Total Adjustment Total Transfer Total BRJMTD BR Journal File MTD Totals The BRJMTD function returns for th
92. EG a Command Tool Button Key Result Calculator Displays the Windows calculator Favorites Menu Other Help Change to Favorites lt F2 gt File Tools WEICH Ej E Command Tool Button Key Result Change to F2 Toggles between the Favorites menu Favorites sa and the Main menu See Favorites M enu on page 1 27 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 23 Graphical Style Menus Introduction Other Menu The Other menu contains a set of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry which consolidates and presents data from other applications are some of the utilities on the Other menu See Appendix F for information about the utilities on the Other menu Help Menu Command Tool Button Key Result Help Fl Displays the online help About OSAS Displays the About OSAS dialog box 1 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Graphical Style Menus Tool Buttons gagazza There are three tool buttons on the toolbar that were not described above Tool Button Key Result Displays the Application Information dialog box Opens an MS DOS prompt Displays a screen for calling any BBx program ES that does not require variables to be passed to it See Appendix F Other Graphical Screen Features The graphical menus offer more than short cuts to application functions With Resource Manager you can at a glance or with a mouse click determine the date and time switch between live
93. From Thru range Lines 4000 4199 This area is used to write each calculated value received from lines 2000 3999 to the EIVAL file Each value is placed in the array TOT VALUES during calculation Do not modify this area Lines 4200 4599 This area is used to return error codes to the EIVAL file when a problem occurs in the function Do not modify this area Line 5000 5199 This area is called by lines 1000 1399 to read a setup record of type I company IDs and add the ID to the variable CO It continues adding IDs to CO as long as it finds a valid type I setup record Do not modify this area Line 5200 5399 This area reads a setup record for a particular type The type is specified by the variable TYPE The last valid record found for this type is stored in the variable SEQS TYPE This variable is needed to allow the next setup record read to point to the correct starting location for this type After a setup record is read the From and Thru values are placed in the variables FR TYPE and TH TYPE respectively If no more setup records for this type are found the Boolean variable DONE is set to 1 Do not modify this area Line 9300 9399 GENLOCK General Record Lock Routine See the Development Standards manual for an explanation of this routine Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Compatibility Matrix Compatibility helps keep OPEN S YSTEMS Accounting Software files fully compatible across platforms and coopera
94. Global Inquiry Window List function To produce a report of occurrences where links between windows are not continuous use the Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function The options on the Global Inquiry menu are set up in the PARAM table in the Application Tables function Each option is assigned a window ID whose characteristics were either installed with Resource Manager or set up in the Global Inquiry Definitions function You need the File Descriptions Manual when you use this function Setting up a Global Inquiry window is similar to setting up a report in Report Writer If you are not familiar with Report Writer or the operations associated with Business BASIC consult your value added reseller when you add or change a Global Inquiry window You can use the Global Inquiry Definitions and Application Tables functions to establish and update information about Global Inquiry window IDs A simple installation accomplishes the same tasks As a result when you use the Global Inquiry command the windows should be set up and logically connected to each other with convenient categories usually named after applications as options At that point you are ready to choose an option Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 9 Other Commands References Select Global Inquiry from the Other Commands menu Then select an application A window appears USAS To ette La Pont biip pl Vendor ET ID gt Co H re ket Li L
95. H 34 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 10 ll 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity H 35 Predefined Functions References H 36 Sub 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity INVTOPPY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPY function
96. ID The user ID is displayed Shared Private This field appears only if you have set up access codes for this function If the comment is shared SHARED is displayed If the comment is private PRIVATE is displayed along with the access name Ref ID Enter a reference ID for the comment You can use Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 reference IDs to group comments F 15 Other Commands Field Name End Date Date Comment Command new Id Ref id end Date Append Enter edit print Online Shared Private First Last Next Prev References Description The workstation date is displayed Accept the displayed date or enter a different date Enter a comment Command Bar Definitions Definition Press I to enter a different user ID Press R to enter a different reference ID Press D to change the end date Press A to add a comment Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press O to print the comment This command appears only if you have set up access codes for this function Press E to toggle between shared and private comments Shared comments can be viewed by everyone private comments can be viewed only by the person who enters the correct access code Press F to go to the first comment Press L to go to the last comment Press N to go to the next comment Press P to go to the previous comment When you are finished entering comments use the Exit F7 comm
97. J UTI Sy STW qubtez4 Xel SoTes sumn ey s Tes porz a LS 95P ZLT T 60 995 67 8L Zor 6T 00 00 00 ST bZ L8T 907 70 556 090 T 00 8T ang Te2ol 19 pottddeun TZT OZI T6 06 19 09 TE soueTeg ang JUANI Sy ura pdun srs Teuv butby srs Teuv STGPATSJSY SIUNODIY TYNVAY paeoquseq 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 92 07 1891 cita donde Azoysty qu uXed 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 qeq o3 1e x pige 109STH eseyorng Te20L qunoosta sy qunoostq sptedeig qeq o3 porz d TEOL OSTW SET quoter SSOTOAUT 3980 09 P0TISd oooo 00 00 00 LS ET 6661 TE 80 paseoTey AUI PTOH dur uo AUT PTOH UO AUT SIOpU A Te OL peseerey JUN PTOH dwg uo quy PTOH UO JUN and TLL TZT OZT T6 06 19 09 TE aoueTeg eng quezing sTS Teuy buty stsATeuy aTqeAeg saunooov TyNVav paeoquseq qaodey 101STH pxeoauseq SIH qtddns szepttng Wd 9 T 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 14 Field History Features The Field History Report contains historical information about a field that you specify You can specify that the report contain all the available history information about the field or only the information within a range of dates It eliminates the need to produce several EIS Dashboard History Reports Reports A sample Field History Report is on page 8 18 Screen Use Screen Description Field History Rep
98. Manual 6 05 4 3 4 7 4 13 4 17 4 21 4 25 4 29 4 37 4 1 Tax Classes Features Use the Tax Classes function on the Application Setup menu to add or change the descriptions associated with tax classes Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Tax Classes Use the Tax Classes screen to add or change tax classes Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 3 Tax Classes Application Setup Tax Classes Screen P naas Tina MEE Gii La Pert bjp Tax Classes Class Description amp Conse la Di Resale Jajar az Exempt Jaler oy als bye Piel na Inreranare Come os Aocor Umhiclam De Bumi LS Lor qT Food Froduota Da Clothing m Fuel pl Howe ity Enter edit App Field Definitions Field Name Description Class The numeric representation of the tax class is displayed Description The description of the tax class is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the class you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a tax class 4 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Tax Classes Saving and Exiting To save your entries press Enter To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 5 Tax Locations Features Use the Tax Locations function on the Application Setup menu to set up and maintain
99. Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Company Information List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 17 Master File Lists Company Information List Company Information List 6666666666666 666 666666666 666 666666666 6666 66666666 6666 66666666 6666 66666666 66 6666666666 TOOENA TOOONN STUFI ITP9x9 sznoH soqey sotqtquend NI S9ITIA NI SIS0 NI s ettoa bey qI yueg dI uorTqeooT saTnezeg na wy Wu yy INOH TT 0 AARA CG WA 0 6bT 678 719 T100 678 719 vS N SN TELE PHESS NW STITOIA USPE Iq TBueraL USPTOD 9Z9L Arddng szepttng ISTT UOTFRUIOJUT Aueduog ATddng s1apTtTng 10d8y Jo pug Jeuzo sur eurog 3221 8975 xe 4 Ssuoyd Azqunog drz 99895 AITO z SSSIPPY 1 ssezppy SUN H uorzeumoJul dI WY 62 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 18 Help Screens List Features The Help Screens List shows the contents of the help file for an application Use this function to plan changes to the help content or as a record of changes you made Reports A sample Help Screens Lis
100. NONWOFAHDDANNTN OL ans Lsoddv ANM ans 3OHHOdV uotqjdtzoseq UOTJOUNI WY Eb TT 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 62 Setup Definitions List Features Use the Setup Definitions List function on the Master File Lists menu to produce a list of setup IDs This list is valuable if you want to change the setup IDs and you need a list for comparison Reports A sample Setup Definitions List is on page 8 66 Screen Use Screen Description Setup Definitions List Use the Setup Definitions List screen to select the setup IDs and the amount of detail you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 63 Setup Definitions List Executive Information Summary Setup Definitions List Screen Taig de Pii Lied Setup Definicion List Fick Serup Ib Fram LLTHV Ticu GLCASH Frank 1 Full tail F Jums Only 1 Wak put device F zintwr p RAparios Fille corea i z lt Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Setup ID Enter the range of setup IDs you want in the list Print To list the type and range of each setup ID enter 1 To list 8 64 only the ID and description of each setup ID enter 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Setup Definitions List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list
101. Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory H 13 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPP AR Top 10 Customers PTD Profit Totals The ARCTOPPP function returns the customers that provided the most profit for the period to d
102. OPEN SYSTEMSs Accounting Software Resource Manager User s Manual PN 2210 RM605 1999 Open Systems Holdings Corp All rights reserved Document Number 2210 RM605 No part of this manual may be reproduced by any means without the written permission of Open Systems Holdings Corp OPEN SYSTEMS is a registered trademark and OSAS Resource Manager Resource Manager for Windows and Report Writer are trademarks of Open Systems Holdings Corp BB is a trademark and PRO 5 and Visual PRO 5 are registered tradmarks of BASIS International Ltd Novell and NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell Inc Microsoft Windows Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT and MS DOS are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc TrueType is a registered trademark of Apple Computer Inc Open Systems Accounting Software for UNIX uses PKUNZIP utilities from Ascent Solutions Inc 9009 Springboro Pike Miamisburg OH 45342 Phone 937 847 2374 Internet www asizip com Printed in U S A This manual is recyclable August 1999 Release 6 05 This document has been prepared to conform to the current release version of OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Because of our extensive development efforts and our desire to further improve and enhance the software inconsistencies may exist between the software and the documentation in some instances Call your customer support represen
103. SO 00 666 666 666 79 O 00 666 666 666 sv fO 00 666 666 666 81 O 00 666 666 666 TOO Moy xsen etdsta 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 qeq o3 z1 x AZO STH 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 qeq o3 1e x 103STH 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 9980 09 POTISA 3au uXed 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 3J8G 0J POTISd seyoand ana Jusa n seoToauT u do UOT 666 66 Te20L 666 66 p 666 66 aunoosrq 666 666 sosyo 3unoostq 00 666666 666 sptedezg 00 666 666 666 P 00 666 666 666 00 666 666 666 TeqOL 00 666 666 666 OSI 00 666 666 666 0 Xel 00 666 666 666 ubrszd 00 666 666 666 SSOTOAUT 00 666 666 666 teed av OLANIHAV SY av ZT sovav teed av INANIHAV teed av INANIHAV by av 06 HOVdY Tea av XIANIHAV teed dv XIANIHAV SY av 09 sovav teed dV MWAANIHAV Te3 q av WddNIHdV aby av 06 Vav Tea av LSANIHdV teed av LSANIHAV SY av nd Yav qdtzoseq AI preta pes SPTOTI N p se T y AUT TOH du uo AUT DTOH uo AUT s10puaA Te301 p se T u JUN TOH du uo wy PTOH uo wy and Te2oL TZT cT 16 06 19 09 TE SoueTeg
104. SP AR top 10 Customers PTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSP function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the period to date in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeri
105. Settings Edit Print Help Devices Terminals BBx Device Name TOOO User ID System Device Name syswindow Device Type Device Mode Value akeystart Keywait Initialization Termination Enter edit Header Done Field Definitions Field Name Description BBx Device Name Enter the device name Copy From This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy User ID The user ID is displayed System Device Name Enter the system device name Device Type Select the device type from the inquiry window Driver Name If you selected doscon as the device type enter the name of the device driver file 2 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Devices Field Name DMA Mode Keystart Keywait Initialization Termination Description If you selected doscon as the device type enter Y for a terminal that supports direct memory access or enter N for a terminal that does not support direct memory access If you selected doscon as the device type refer to the terminal manual to find out which modes it supports If you want to change the mode of your terminal when you start OSAS enter the mode number If your terminal has function keys that are described such that the termcap kO entry is really function key 10 enter Y if not enter N Enter the number of seconds the terminal should wait bef
106. System File Maintenance User Login Activity Saving and Exiting To exit to the User Login Activity screen press any key Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 65 EIS Dashboards Company Summary Cash Requirements Forecast Daily Statistics Accounts Receivable Analysis Accounts Payable Analysis Top 10 Customers Top 10 Items Top 10 Sales Reps Top 10 Vendors Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 3 7 7 7 11 7 15 7 19 7 23 7 27 7 31 7 35 7 1 EIS Dashboards Introduction This chapter explains the features and uses of predefined EIS Dashboards to analyze information about various accounts and functions within your OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software The predefined Dashboards are designed to display quickly the exact information you need without entering multiple applications An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard function to do several tasks e Redisplay the value of the fields on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing it Recalculate the value of a field or all fields on a screen Setupinitial parameters that determine which values will be displayed on the screen e Change a fields s definition View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and
107. TE Eee TED a CSM SALES DALLAS TE 497 80 TENHESSEE SHELTERS IH 433 Cha DELLAE FT WORTE DORE E 447 Z43 BELLA FT SORTS DORE E TE EST 5 KINSAN CITY GEODESIC H 177 086 6 GREATER WER TORE HEIS 195 56 7 CAR SALIS AIRATAFOLIS 318 957 7 LOS ANGELES SOHATRUCTE 247 172 B SEEATER MEN YORE DONES 183 TOT B CASH BALES A IRE APOLIS 138 197 SUNGHTHE HOMES TUE 77 313 8 SASH BLLII BALTIMORE 108 117 Lo O 10 CHAR SALIS OAELAMD Ch amp ET Update Pecale Global Setup Field View Edit booed Mistory Command Bar Definitions Command Description Update Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Press S to display information within a range Field Press F to change the definition of the field View Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce 7 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Top 10 Customers Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu
108. TT Z TI 9 Tas Z I TOAST I TOAST Z TOAST I T A T pouaeN uorjdraoseg nos ST A T UO xeL ST A T uo XEL ST A T UO XEL uo xeL but210d9y xeL ISTT sdnoz5 xe WY 2Z 0T T bed Atddng szepttng 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 46 Options and Interfaces List Features The Options and Interfaces List shows the options and interfaces for the applications that are on your systems and the information they contain Reports A sample Options and Interfaces List is on page 11 50 Screen Use Screen Description Options and Interfaces List Use the Options and Interfaces List screen to select the applications you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 47 Options and Interfaces List Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Screen Fl SAS Tiii Gira Ka Pee kjen Option mod Intazfasrer List Application ED From AF The AP Ffeint Detail HI Tutgpyut device EFhrizkec plfjevier Fedde jorunn Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the range of applications you want in the list Print Detail If you want a detailed list of information about the program and types of options available enter Y if not enter N 11 48 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list t
109. Workstation Configuration menu to customize the colors at your workstation for each type of screen and window in OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software The type of monitor you are using determines the color combinations that are available The colors you choose affect only the character based OSAS screens The colors used on graphical screens are based on the default Windows color scheme you use Use the Colors function on the Windows Control Panel to change your Windows color scheme Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Colors Use the Colors screen to customize colors for 14 types of windows and screens Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 3 Colors Colors Screen Workstation Configuration OSAS T000 x Settings Edit Print Help Colors Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Workstation TOOO 1111 1111 1111 1111 Copy From 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 Functions 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 Color Group 8 5555 5555 5555 5555 5555 5555 5555 5555 Text b 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 6666 Border L 7777 7777 7777 7777 ETTE TIU 7777 7777 Title n 8888 8888 8888 88868 8888 8888 8888 8888 m Group 5 Group 6 Group Group 8 1111 1111 1111 1111 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 3333 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 4444 5555 5555 5555 5555
110. ach company OSMNxxx Main Menu The OSMNxxx file stores the menu records displayed on the screen for an application The main menu for a single company is updated when data files are created the main menu is edited or an application is removed from the system OSORDER Forms Information The OSORDER file stores form information for the OSAS applications installed on your system OSPRN Application Form Printer The OSPRN file stores form printer information OSRD Reorder Detail The OSRD file stores line items for the Forms Reorder function OSRH Reorder Header The OSRH file stores header information for the Forms Reorder function OSTD Temporary config bbx Detail The OSTD file is a temporary file that stores detailed information about a device in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function OSTM Temporary config bbx Master The OSTM file is a temporary file that stores the master list of devices in the config bbx file This file is built and removed in the Devices function B 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References File Descriptions OSVAR VAR Information The OS VAR file stores the dealer and support information you enter in the Support Information function PMARCxxx Archive The PMARCxxx file stores archived print jobs PMCLASS Printer Class The PMCLASS file stores the last form class the printer used PMHSTxxx Transaction History The PMHSTxxx file stores t
111. al If i Teer IP 3 Apalication ID A Reali Seleebi ni Field Definitions Field Name Select Sort Method 6 62 Description Enter 1 if you want to sort by terminal ID 2 to sort alphabetically by user ID 3 to sort by application ID or 4 to sort by menu selection Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance User Login Activity Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To exit to the User Login Activity screen use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 63 User Login Activity System File Maintenance View Detail screen Geary Edi Pea Hele Trur login ASiivit7 Vier Carat Daer ID Terminal Tite Turer Asau Beieckion Teer Giyin Activity Liva Apzlicetisn BA Tims 10 454 Company LI H bara Chi LEGG PEST LOSS fen BELSEKIAR V r Ligia MEL IVILY Live Application BA Time 10 434 Company LI H Data 050721 LSD L Brass any key Bort by Terminal IT Jort Wise dacesl Field Definitions Field Name Description User ID The current User ID is displayed Terminal The current Terminal ID is displayed Current Previous Displays whether the user is using Live or Sample data in this function Menu Selection The name of the menu selection is displayed Company ID The Company ID for the selection is displayed Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar 6 64 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05
112. al command on the EIS Dashboard or the Global Dashboard Update function to make a field return a value EIFUHDR Function Header file The EIFUHDR file stores such information as the ID and description of each function Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance menu to enter the ID and description of a function EIHIST Field History file The EIHIST file stores field values and the dates and times that the field was updated If you save an EIS Dashboard to history values from the fields are saved here The EISCR file saves only the EIS Dashboard s ID and title The information is retrieved from the EIHIST file when you produce the Dashboard History Report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 3 File Descriptions References EISCR Screens file The EISCR file stores a list of the stored EIS Dashboard IDs and descriptions This information is updated when you build or save the layout of an EIS Dashboard and is retrieved when you load an EIS Dashboard The values from an EIS Dashboard are not stored here they are stored in the EIHIST file because the system does not distinguish between one field and a group of fields When you save an EIS Dashboard the values of the fields are sent to the EIHIST file as though you had saved each field individually Only the ID and title of the EIS Dashboard are stored in the EISCR file EISTDTA Setup Data file The EISTDTA file stores the data retrieved from each setup ID when a
113. ame field Alpha Characters Not Allowed with Numeric Field Mask You cannot use letters in a math formula for a field whose mask is numeric Remove the letters or change the mask Application information not found The media you are trying to install does not contain the files required for installation If you are installing from a diskette drive make sure that you have inserted the correct diskette If you are installing from a CD ROM drive make sure the CD is in the drive and try again Application is not flagged as installed Application xx does not exist You must install the application before you can create or convert files for it Application not installed for this company You cannot change options and interfaces for an application that is not installed for the company Install the application create or convert files and then run the function again Application version must be greater than or equal to x xx Installing this version number may cause compatibility problems throughout your system A 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages BASIC ERROR nn HOST ERROR xxx LINE nnnn PROGRAM xxxxxx BASIC ERROR nn LINE nnnn PROGRAM xxxxxx A serious error has occurred Write down the information that is displayed and get help from a support technician Beginning date is not immediately after ending date of previous period Dates must not be missing between the ending date of one peri
114. and press Enter to toggle from YES to NO or back again All Press A to change the status of all the commands and field IDs in EIS to free access None Press N to change the status of all the commands and field IDs in EIS to restricted access Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 41 Dashboard Editor Features Use the EIS Dashboard Editor on the File Maintenance menu to create or modify a new dashboard Use this function only after you have established the fields you need through the Field Definitions function Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Untitled Screen Use the blank Untitled Screen to create your dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 43 Dashboard Editor Executive Information Summary Untitled Screen E 0345 ne Untitled Dusbboerd Field Definitions The coordinates at the bottom right of the EIS Dashboard indicate where the cursor is on the screen Refer to the coordinates when you place the fields and set visual margins 8 44 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Command File Load Dashboard Save Dashboard New Dashboard Delete Dashboard Edit Add field Change field Delete field Move field Options Set tab size Change title Saving and Exiting Dashboard Editor
115. and sample data and switch between companies and their data sets Date and Time Date and Time 06 03 1999 2 20 FM The workstation date and time are displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 25 Graphical Style Menus Introduction Live Data f Sample Data Check the Live Data radio button to work with live data Check the Sample Data radio button to work with sample data Change Company Field H Builders Supply j Select the company you want to work with 1 26 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Favorites Menu Your Favorites menu saves time in moving between applications opening and closing submenus and application menus and allows easy access to your common applications By setting up your Favorites menu you can access your most used functions or submenus by pressing the F2 button or selecting the mouse pull down menu Favorites Menu Text Style r F roritas Manu TO KF Trent does GL Edit Teenmections If Transfers Journal There are two ways you can set up your Favorites menu depending on if you use the text style menu or the graphical style menus To set up the text style Favorites menu follow these steps 1 Move your cursor to the submenu or application that you want placed in the Favorites menu 2 Press F10 You can press F2 to verify your selection was added to your Favorites menu To remove an application 1 Press F2 to display the Favorites menu 2 Move your
116. and to return to the screen or menu you accessed the Other Commands menu from Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Inventory Price Calculator Use the Inventory Price Calculator to generate prices for items for specific customers without entering an order or invoice Select Inventory Price Calculator from the Other Command menu This screen appears Price Culrularar Location Th AMOO Iram I 100 Jale Hrita FT E ETILIC ACEOOL Committed Ory Co Uma ri Jemilable ty rama td e Om Order LE Bara 1 0000 Letormetion i I EOI LIFOZFIFO 47 5500 z kerepe 141 5300 Stacdacd og pac 4 Bast mat 243 5309 1 Field Definitions Field Name Description Location ID Enter a location ID Item ID Enter an item ID Sale Units Accept the displayed unit of measure or enter a different unit of measure Price ID Enter a price ID optional Customer ID Enter a customer ID optional Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 17 Other Commands References F 48 Field Name Cust Level Sale Date Sale Quantity On Hand Qty Committed Qty In Use Qty Available Qty On Order Qty LIFO FIFO Cost Average Cost Standard Cost Base Cost Calc Unit Price Calc Ext Price Description Enter a customer level optional Accept the displayed sale date or enter a different date Accept the displayed sale quantity or enter a different quantity
117. appears ewe E Pe ie amp FI FC PSI LPE Fie 75E Priscar CRU HVCH Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Ar An lyala Meport Fapser Periad ag Pineal Pear Hindous LDafmult Frirrar lamar Prirt bialog Laser Prim erap Laser Pinds fwillt Printer Pot A Print Pimiog Dot Matrix Print Jerup Dot Harria Binsiaus Paisuit Frimrer Tida Prim blalog Vide Carrie do Prim S lt tup Vide Corciape Put Picioterc pjRjevies File Sjcress E z E 5 Printers for Windows References E 6 In the Printer field enter LPL to print to the Windows default laser printer set up for the terminal PDL to access the Windows Print Dialog box for laser printers PSL to access the Windows Print Setup Dialog box for laser printers PDD to access the Windows Print Setup dialog box for dot matrix printers LPW to print to the Windows default wide carriage printer PDW to access the Print Dialog box for wide carriage printers or PSW to access the Printer Setup box for wide carriage printers See the Windows manual for information about the Windows Print Manager Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Other Commands Calculator Use the Calculator function to do basic math calculations You can store and retrieve totals and tapes add comments to tapes and print tapes A common use is to calculate a total exit from the Calculator and enter the total into the field you started from Select Calculator from the Other Command
118. ast Pech Puran TTD 4 Pegin gt gt SACRE ACE TLUIMBIFEF SUPPLY COMPARE 3272393 0E 12 00 39 B10564 90 ATT ATLANTA TELZPHUME Cu 29 Perlis 144 00 Bor FORTS COMNTRECTION CCHP ART iman E TSG f delt AT CLEOO CLEVELAND INTERIOR INC 175S0B 74 1211539 LAD 7 EURO EDDY AFPLIAMGE CO 1040 00 1507 99 re Ot ELLO ELLIS ELECTRICAL SUPPLY THLG IG 1105 59 794451 54 HENZCI HESEIETFIH AORICIPAL OTILITI S 1050 00 1115530 5810 00 Joker IGOOH Dock COMPTE 185 194383 54 12517798 52519 09 JO JOMES REALTY CONFIANT 00 041550 00 LOMO LUMMBOE HEATING LIF CONDITION 00 00 AELS MILL SSE LUMEN CAB METS 00 09522099 11269 14 KTO HIMNTAROLIS WATER BER ARTHENT 106 00 121599 Pl PLADOS PLASTICO BETAL FLERICATORS 1820B 15 12505 99 LE206 15 TEL TELL Jaco 424 00 1215 99 2132 00 THs THOMPSON HEATING amp Le Lee 181799 07810 4 TIAGO TIMBERLAND WINDOWS IHC JABAL IE 1122 50 7744 24 i End yh dp ira Im Gist item bis amp F trans Vand misc In the window above the user selected Accounts Payable from the Global Inquiry menu The window that appears lists the vendors by vendor ID and the total amount due Because of the way the window is set up the user can access five other windows one that displays accounts payable invoices one that displays invoice history one that displays paid invoices one that displays accounts payable transactions and one that displays miscellaneous vendor information From Global Inquir
119. ata files on your system and their sizes Use it to audit the use of disk space Reports A sample Data File Allocation Report is on page 10 6 Screen Use Screen Description Data File Allocation Use the Data File Allocation Report screen to select the Report application companies and files you want in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 3 Data File Allocation Report Reports Data File Allocation Report Screen 20545 1008 Gtia Dot Pmi Elo r Deta File Allocation Fagort Appliesticoa From AF Thea AP A From H Thru H Tnoluder dpplicetion Sgecific System Files TE Dota Pbleectors 1 Files TES bares Firegrorwg Files TE Bete Pbicactory 3 Files TS Report Seiler Dala Files TES Output device EFhrizkec plfjevier CFhilg 5 cromo Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want in the report Company Enter the range of companies you want in the report Include Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want to include the files in the report 10 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Reports Data File Allocation Report Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Select S to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the
120. ate in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Customer Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7
121. ate the directory you specified Check the drive letter and the spelling of the pathname and try again Unable to Delete screen name You cannot delete the screen Check whether the screen is under restricted access Unable to execute program program The system cannot run the program you selected from the menu Make sure that the program file shown in the message is present in the application s program directory then select the function again Unable to load company information The system cannot access the company information file Someone may be using the Company Information function Try again later If the situation persists get help from a support technician Unable to load menu record record from file file The menu record for the application is not in the menu file or the menu file is missing Make sure that the application is properly installed and try again Unable to load PREFIX information In the LAN and Windows versions make sure that SHARE was executed during system startup If you get this message again in the LAN Windows and UNIX XENIX versions someone may be editing the directory records or application information files Try again later You can get more help from a support technician Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 17 System Messages References Unable to load workstation information In the LAN Windows UNIX XENIX versions the system cannot access the workstation records Someone may be editing
122. ation Setup menu to add or change a form that you want to reorder Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Forms Reorder Codes Use the Forms Reorder Codes screen to enter the product number and the information you want to add or change Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 37 Forms Reorder Codes Application Setup Forms Reorder Codes Screen P 0545 Ti BE caine Cot Pmi bel r Form RAesochee Coda Proteo Murshar 104 Frukt DamcriptricmWa Fauyra ll Shack Chojosa Dor Husker of Farta for Fors L 1 Farta da Fagrs a Farra 4 Facto r V rificstise Pome Pgln to procugd Field Definitions Field Name Description Product Number Enter the product number you want to add or change Product Description If you are entering a new product number enter a description for the product If you are editing a product number the product description is displayed Choices for Number of Enter each of the choices for parts of the form The system Parts for Form prompts you to select one of these parts numbers when you use the Forms Reorder function Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 4 38 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Forms Reorder Codes Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Application Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 39 Data File Maintenance Backu
123. avorites together into a submenu Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Favorites The Favorites screen allows you to modify your Favorites menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 15 Favorites Menus System File Maintenance Favorites Screen A 0545 Timi Gating La Pmi bjp r Favorites Herros Norketaeion 7000 Mau RAC Title Lime Pte Lplics Tepe Poop m P r ar Titles Fritz Bove Entec edit Copy Trap Unique Field Definitions Field Name Description Workstation Enter the Workstation ID you want to work with Menu Enter the name of the menu you want to change Title Enter the title of the menu Line The number of the line on the menu Description Enter the description you want on the menu It can be the name of another menu a function or a descriptive line 6 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Favorites Menus Field Name Description Type Enter one of these codes to indicate what type of line it is 0 comment descriptive information only 1 menu file uses different menu file when selected 2 menu record uses different menu file from the current file 3 run executes an application program 4 call executes a public program 5 scall executes an operating system command 6 info executes a public program directly 7 EIS displays an EIS dashboard 8 RW Rpt displays a GENERAL Re
124. ay the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 5 Dashboard Features The EIS Dashboard Report contains information about an EIS Dashboard or a group of EIS Dashboards Reports A sample EIS Dashboard Report is on page 8 10 Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard Report Use the EIS Dashboard Report screen to select the screens you want to produce the report for Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 7 Dashboard Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard Report Screen Gaig de Pii Esp r EIS SmmmkhkkEsard Fapart Pick Dashboard Tran FELL Ticu DEELT Qa put device Fl zintet gifjeartev Fille coa E Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Dashboard ID Enter the range of dashboards you want to produce a report for 8 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Dashboard Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Select to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 9 Executive Information Summary
125. ayed Time The time the file was printed is displayed 9 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Report History Inquiry Cls The classification or status of the printed file is displayed User The User ID of the user who printed the report to file is displayed Term The Terminal ID of the user who printed the report to file is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description V View the complete path name for the selected file T Toggle between the menu name and the file name S Choose a new report sort method from the numbered list that appears 1 sortby date of execution from most recent to oldest 2 sortalphabetically 3 sortby date from most recent to oldest 4 sort by User ID 5 sort by the activity type 6 sort by terminal ID 7 sort by date of execution from oldest to most recent Saving and Exiting Use the Exit F7 command to exit to the Print Manager menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 5 Active Report Control Features Use the Active Report Control function on the Report Control menu to view and work with print Jobs that have not been archived Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Active Report Control Control window Output Device window Search for Text window View File Description Use the Active Report Control screen to view and maintain active print Jobs Use the Control window to enter the number o
126. button Place the cursor over the desired function and press the left button to enable or select that function A right click is a single press of the right mouse button To double click move the cursor over the desired function and quickly press the left mouse button twice If there is too long a pause between clicks the computer may interpret your action as two separate clicks and may not perform the desired function To deselect an object move the cursor off the icon or folder onto a blank space within the window and press the left mouse button Some mouse manufacturers allow you to change the function of the mouse buttons for those who prefer for example to use the mouse with their left hand In this case reverse the commands when you use them For example a click refers to a single press of the right mouse button while the term right click refers to a single press of the left button and so on OSAS Conventions Operations in OSAS follow conventions or patterns The conventions used in OSAS applications are presented below Running OSAS OSAS runs in an operating system supported by 100 megabytes permanent storage and 1 MB RAM You may need additional disk space or memory depending on the size of your data files and the operating system you use Consult your reseller for more information Setting Up explains how to install this version of Resource Manager To update from a version whose files you ne
127. c Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory H 21 Predefined Functions References H 22 ARCTOPSY AR Top 10 Customers YTD Sales Totals The ARCTOPSY function returns the customers that provided the most sales for the year to date in descending order the amount from the sales the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer Name 2 Customer Profit 2 Customer Rep 2 Customer Territory 3 Customer Name 3 Customer Profit 3 Customer Rep 3 Customer Territory 4 Customer Name 4 Customer Profit 4 Customer Rep 4 Custom
128. c Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions INVTOPSY Inventory Top 10 Items YTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSY function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the year the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sa
129. commands CALL a BBx Program From any field you can call any BB program that does not require variables to be passed to it Follow these steps to call a BBx program 1 Use the Other F4 twice from a menu F4 once from a field command 2 Select Call a BBx Program from the menu 3 Enter the program you want to call 4 Enter the parameter if any for the program 5 Use the Proceed PgDn command to start the program 6 Press Enter to return to the field where you accessed Other commands F 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Product Suggestions From any field you can make edit and save suggestions for improving the product If you have a suggestion fax or mail it to Open Systems Select Product Suggestions from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears 20545 1000 Gating Ka Pork kjen Pocduct Su ado Tay mr ie ANTI THEUE H Far Prizced Lash MALLEJA 09 04 19888 ippliostign j Pers ion L Maru Itan Froduct Tuggert ion rm Field Definitions Field Description Suggestion This number identifies the suggestion Identification numbers start at 0001 If you want to create a new suggestion press Enter the editor creates a new suggestion number one unit higher than your last number if any If you want to recall a suggestion for editing enter the number of the suggestion Application Enter the application you want to make a suggestion for Resou
130. company ID Enter the ID of the company you want to copy data from Enter the company s name Enter the company s address on one or both lines Enter the company s city Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Setup Company Information Field Name Description State Enter the company s state Zip Enter the company s zip code Country Enter the company s country code Site Enter the company s site number Phone Enter the area code a hyphen if necessary and the phone number Fax Enter the area code a hyphen if necessary and the phone number Date Mask If you want dates in the company s reports and on screens to be in American format mm dd yyyy enter 0 If you want them to be in European format dd mm yyyy enter 1 Time Mask If you want times in the company s reports and on screens to Location ID Bank ID Reg Dollars IN Costs IN Prices IN Qtys be in standard 12 hour format hh mm am pm enter 0 If you want them to be in military 24 hour format hh mm enter 1 Enter the ID of the location associated with the company Enter the ID of the bank associated with the company Enter the number of decimals you want assigned to regular dollar amounts The location of the company might determine the number of decimals you enter For example if you set up regular dollars for a U S company you might enter 2 for the dollar if you set up a Japanese company you might enter 0 for the
131. creen 6 4 Application Information List function 11 11 screen 11 12 Application Tables function 5 11 screen 5 12 Applications Options Inquiry F 8 Archive Print Queue Control function 9 19 B Backup function 5 3 screen 5 4 Backup Restore Commands function 6 43 screen 6 44 Backup Restore Commands List function 11 7 sample 11 10 screen 11 8 building functions custom solutions I 1 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Index modifying generic code I 2 planning I 1 C Calculator consecutive calculations F 4 description of F 1 making calculations F 4 Call a BBx Program F 6 Change File Size function 5 15 screen 5 16 Clear Sales Tax function 4 21 screen 4 22 CNVTLOG file B 3 Colors function 2 3 screen 2 4 commands accessing C 2 common ratios current ratio G 2 days receivables G 2 debt to asset ratio G 2 debt to equity ratio G 2 number of inventory turns G 2 quick ratio G 2 return of equity G 2 return on assets ROA G 2 return on investment ROD G 2 working capital G 1 Company Information function 3 3 screen 3 4 IX 1 Company Information List function 11 15 sample 11 18 compatible applications J 1 Country Codes function 3 21 screen 3 22 Country Codes List function 11 35 sample 11 38 screen 11 36 D Data File Allocation Report function 10 3 sample 10 6 screen 10 4 Data File Conversion function 3 9 screen 3 10 Data File Creatio
132. creen Definitions List Field Definitions List Functions List Setup Definitions List Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 51 8 1 Features Reports EIS Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Normally the EIS Dashboard shows related fields Use the EIS Dashboard function to do several tasks Redisplay the value of the fields on a screen in case another user on a network recalculates the fields while you are viewing it Recalculate the value of a field or all fields on a screen Setup initial parameters that determine which values will be displayed on the screen Change a fields s definition View detailed information about a field the field ID description and mask the last updated time date and user and the status of the field Configure or edit the screen s definition Load a new EIS Dashboard Load an EIS Dashboard that was saved in history No report is associated with this function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 3 EIS Dashboard Executive Information Summary Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values For a description of the predefined EIS Dashboards see the EIS overview starting on page 1 5 EIS Dashboard Screen Generic SAS 1000 Company Sry Tales Daily Beachiy Tear ly Artunl o 33 735 53 45 377 57 5 19
133. ct S to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 17 Reports Global Inquiry Window Audit Report Global Inquiry Window Audit Report T peut yep peut yep peut sep peut yep p urj p peut yep abeg MOPUTM Ppa9us1ajaun MOPUTM D OU z jJ zun MOPUTM PsOus sJsauN jou jou jou jou jou jou MOPUTM D OU 1 J N MOPUTM paduslajoy MOPUTM paduslajoy MOPUTM D OU 1 J N MOPUTM DSOuS41 J N MOPUTM paduslajoy Teuouy Modey 3TpnV MOPUTM ITNbUI TeqoT5 LTYOOd IT4800d IT400d THANI TAANI IT4800d GI YUTT Atddns s sptrng on a ON AUTT 330day Jo pug SIHdV CIHd TIHAY NdZ8AdV TANdY OSAdV a0alLdYy GI8IHdV TIHAY GI MOPUTM 6661 60 90 NY 72 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 18 Master File Lists Menu List Backup Restore Commands List Application Information List Company Information List Help Screens List Inquiry Window Definitions List Global Inquiry Window List Tables List Country Codes List Tax Locations List Tax Groups List Options and Interfaces List Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 3 11 7 11 11 11 15 11 19 11 23 11 27 11 31 11 35 11 39 11 43 11 47 11 1 Menu List Features The Menu List shows the menus that are on your system
134. ction keys Key FI Key Help F2 Favorites Menu F4 Access Code F5 Live Sample swap Operation Displays the list of Icons and Functions keys available to you Displays the Favorites menu Displays the Access Code dialog box Switches between live and sample data Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Key F6 Workstation Date F7 Exit F9 Application Setup F10 Change to Favorites Right click Shift F5 Change menu style Shift F2 Application Info Graphical Style Menus Operation Displays the current workstation date and allows you to change it Exits from OSAS Allows certain functions to be set up Works only in certain applications The application s user s manual will describe the function if necessary Allows you to add to and delete from your Favorites menu works only with Start style menu Displays the Special Commands menu Switch between text and graphical menu styles without going into Defaults Displays information about the applications you have installed Window Title Bar Menus When working using the graphical menus you can use the pull down menus and tool buttons with graphical icons to access functions without using the function keys While the function keys still work in the graphical menus the menu bar and tool buttons offer you a choice in how you access certain functions Using the mouse move the cursor to the menu and click
135. cts of a company or a group of companies With Print Manager when you print reports to file your reports can be stored sorted printed and searched for specific text Base Applications Base applications are designed and produced with the largest possible number of industries in mind They are most effective when you interface them with each other Base applications are usually named after common accounting operations Examples are General Ledger Accounts Payable Purchase Order Accounts Receivable Sales Order Payroll and Inventory Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 3 Resource Manager Overview To use OSAS you must run Resource Manager through an operating system based on Microsoft Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT UNIX or Novell NetWare OSAS operates on LAN systems across a web server using the OSAS Web program and within a single computer After you install Resource Manager you can use it to install other applications modify how each application works and specify how the overall system operates You can install the other applications in any order unless their user s manuals specify otherwise Workstation Configuration Use the Configure Workstation functions to assign colors on a workstation define the keys that will execute particular functions and editing commands define multiple terminals printers and graphics devices and specify default system information Installation After you
136. cursor to the submenu or application you want removed 3 Press F10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 27 Favorites Menu Introduction Favorites Menu Start Style aF Tiger eek Kae P upaqa dha a BE dei Tim Raped ER GL Drim Pii mpks Loggers Manor To set up the graphical style display follow these steps 1 Position the cursor over the submenu or function you want placed into your Favorites menu 2 Right click on the function or submenu The Favorites menu set up box shown below appears 3 Click on Add to Favorites 1 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Favorites Menu Screen Use Screen Add to Remove Favorites Change to Favorites Main Sample data Live data Setup Function Information Description Use the Add to Remove Favorites menu button to add the desired submenu or function to or remove the submenu or function from your Favorites menu Toggles your display menu between your Favorites menu and your Main menu Switches between your sample data and your live data Clicking on this button or pressing F9 sets up the selected application Setup works only in certain applications If an application requires a setup function you will find instructions in that application s user s manual Displays information about the selected function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 29 Function Commands Once you select an OSAS application funct
137. d LSVI dWHL Z 800 3ODpU A T 0 qI ONJA T TO TO uT Wis Pld TOD MOY UST 735 el NWO SUeN u T yoreas sog uoze s ToqeT uoze s PTA YSEN uotqdtzoseq Sd L spTet4 Areuuns 90 10 010 TOO 060 ZT 070 usT utbeg UST utbeg u r ON SPITZ ON ON uorsnrax4 UOTSNTOUT oy Key JO ON OTdol Tri UOTIeUTOFUT Tejz u o SUOTIOPSULIL STAR RA SJUNODDV swen qI SITE MOpUTM T 3STT moputm Aztnbul TEQOTO Atddns s p tng 6661 60 90 NY 9E 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 30 Tables List Features The Tables List shows the tables that are in any application and the information they contain Reports A sample Tables List is on page 11 34 Screen Use Screen Description Tables List Use the Tables List screen to select the tables you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 31 Tables List Master File Lists Tables List Screen PISAS Tom Cay Feite La Emi Edo r Tables Liat Applications From AP Thru AP Table IP From DF Thru DF apre Blank Lines TEA Page Break Per Table TES Tutgpyut device EFhrizkec plfjevier Fedde jorunn Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want in the list Table ID Enter the range of tables you want in the list Suppress blank lines Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want blank lines in the list Page break per table Enter Y or N to indicate whet
138. d so that the ALIAS parameters and STBLEN values are automatically adjusted for you Why do my laser forms not align Printers have different drivers that cause forms to align differently See Appendix D on aligning laser forms When I close Print Preview window an Error 2 screen appears and printing stops Let the print job finish before you close the print preview screen OSAS needs the preview screen to remain open while the program completes the operation When I choose my SYSPRINT printer non legible characters are output What can I do Try changing the FONT setting for hte printer in the CONFIG bbx file Under the Devices menu see page 2 11 and select YES to overwrite Select the appropriate printer and enter Courier New including the quote marks Save you changes and test your printer If Courier New does not fix the output problem try several other fonts Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Common Questions The graphics on the console are not displayed correctly on SCO Open Server 5 What is wrong SCO Open Server 5 sets the console device to be IBM terminals instead of ANSI terminals Enter mapchan n into the profile file Print Manager How can I access the Print Manager command letters and their functions The commands are displayed when you use the Help F1 command When you know which command you want to use use the Exit F7 command on the Help screen Then enter the command Do
139. dV uoTIdTIOSS po9 sburpe H uumToy sapoy UOTMATAISTA STATL MODUTM S OT 0 XQOdV 0 0 MOCOVAY uoTIdTIOSSg po9 sburpe H uumToo sS poo UOTINQTIISTA STITL MODUTM G GT 0 xaddv 0 0 MOVOVdV 9 uoradr3os q 4 Po TOD a s ueN eqeq Ppd T bed urqnog UST UTbag u rurb g Moy TOD zrs futqzeqg Aom ppy UOTSNTOXH UOTSNTOUI 3817 SuoT3rTurj q MOPUTM Aztnbut Atddng saepTIng MOY TOO ON UPN ON ON GI MODUTM STTA TA FLL Z pu Tqe ed saunooov WY ve 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 26 Global Inquiry Window List Features The Global Inquiry Window List provides information about each Global Inquiry window This information is valuable if you are setting up windows and want a list of windows that have already been established Reports A sample Global Inquiry Window List is on page 11 30 Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Window Use the Global Inquiry Window List screen to select the List windows you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 27 Global Inquiry Window List Master File Lists Global Inquiry Window List Screen P SAS To r Global Lequiry Vindow Liat Pick Window From AFTRG Thru AFTFOD Print General Information TEA Sumy ces YES Data Area TES Window Links TER Tutut device Price plfjevier Fedde 5 cromo Bj xa Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Window Enter the range of windows y
140. day specified Warning Setup Type Not Used When you establish a setup ID you usually want to use all the available setup types If you do not this message appears You can bypass the message but be careful if you do Some functions do not work properly or produce the correct information if setup types are missing In general assign all the possible setup types to a setup ID Warning RMPDxxx table does not exist Entry here will add table The RMPDxxx table has not been set up Press Enter to create a new table Width of window data is greater than window size Because the data you selected to appear in the window is wider than the window size you defined the window data will be truncated Window xxxxxxxxx not on file The window ID you selected is not in the Definitions file for the application You must enter a version number You cannot proceed with the conversion until you enter a valid version number Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 19 File Descriptions xxAPPL TXT Application Information The xxAPPL TXT file stores information about the applications to be installed on the system xxDATA Data Information The xxDATA file stores the data file information for applications This information is used to create files during installation rebuilding resizing files and printing the Data File Allocation Report xxFILES TXT Installation Copy Program The xxFILES TXT file determines which files to copy and
141. device can use Font is the default 2 20 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Devices Field Name Slave On Slave Off Initialization Termination Description Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer before the text for the graphics device Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer after the text Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before a job is sent to the printer Enter the commands to reset the device when the print job is finished Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Header Done Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press H to enter a new system device name Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes To save your changes and exit to the Devices screen use the Done D command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 21 Defaults Features Use the Defaults function on the Workstation Configuration menu to set defaults for functions fields and directories for a workstation The defaults you set in this function will override defaults specified in Company Setup page 3 3 Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Defaults Use the Defaults screen to set the defaults for each workstation Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 23 Defaults W
142. displayed type of data or enter a different type Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 37 Access Codes Features Use the Access Codes function on the File Maintenance menu to restrict access to commands and fields Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Access Codes Use the Access Codes screen to specify which fields and commands you want to restrict access to Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 39 Access Codes Executive Information Summary Access Codes Screen 0545 1000 etg de Pii Fp r Jccess Codes ocena Nae boo Feald TT Description Field Definitions Field Name Description Access Name Enter the access code name you want to modify You cannot define a code here you must use the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu to set up an access code see page 3 17 Access If you want to grant access to this function or command press Enter to toggle to YES if not toggle to NO Field ID The IDs of the commands and fields are displayed Description The description of the commands and fields are displayed 8 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Access Codes Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter toggle Move the prompt gt to the command or field ID you want to restrict access to
143. dobe Acrobat Reader or a compatible program capable of reading and displaying PDF documents can be found If you don t want to access the online documentation files or if you don t have a compatible reader leave this field blank The Adobe Acrobat Reader is a freeware product available for many operating systems If you have an OSAS CD ROM you can install the Adobe Acrobat Reader for Windows from the CD Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Workstation Configuration menu 2 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Setup Company Information 3 3 Data File Creation 3 7 Data File Conversion 3 9 Options and Interfaces 3 13 Access Codes 3 17 Country Codes 3 21 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 1 Company Information Features Use the Company Information function on the Company Setup menu for the following tasks add companies change the name address and phone and fax numbers for a company set a company s location and bank ID defaults setthe user defined masks for numeric values remove company records from the system select the date and time format for a company s reports and screens The numeric masks you set up in this function are used in most of the OSAS applications By entering the number of decimals you want for each mask type you define the way they appea
144. dow Use the Inquiry Window Definitions screen to maintain Definitions inquiry windows Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 19 Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance Inquiry Window Definitions Screen SET einge La Pew kjen Appli ar Gun AP Binney ID Spr trSa Topig Wusker TEE Fils Heme SPAT Fila Hummer il Title Trazanctica Inquiry Eny Furber m BLES z col Epu Ho Tara Bees Typ User Hasi Fer FL Peg Len Sol Scart 1 3 1 Tran Mo 1 DOL 00 00 y Total 0 10 2 la leg Mii I 002 Wn 00S 11 Wast I bare Plisoed j 004 Ge 007 lag Lan Faquertad By L OL Gol O20 130 Ene 5 Markus 002 oo 001 435 Ex E Beturn H 1 s Field Definitions 6 20 Field Name Application Window ID Copy From Topic Number File Name File Number Title immquiry Tindor Definitions Columna Used 50 af amp Description Enter the ID of the application whose windows you want to change Enter the ID of the window you want to add or change The data on file for the window appears This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window you want to copy Enter the topic number of the data file to be displayed Enter the name of the data file to be displayed in the window Enter the channel number to use for the data file Enter the title that you want to appear in the window Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance In
145. e Filemame File Tyre File Type Legicel Fay Sica Logical Kar Jira Barber SE PDarcorda Humber DE Fecorda Erzea per Aeoord Byr a per Feoore kctiva Recozda angen Fils Type Haber of Aecorda Brzam par Beocord Key Chain Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file you want to resize Description The description of the file is displayed File Type Enter 2 to create a keyed direct file or 6 to create an Mkeyed multikeyed file Number of Records Enter the number of records you want in the new file For a dynamically allocated Mkeyed file enter 0 Bytes per Record Enter the number of bytes to set aside for each record in the new file Key Chain Enter the key chain number you want to copy the data by 5 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Maintenance Change File Size Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 17 View File Contents Features Use the View File Contents function on the Data File Maintenance menu to display information from a data file for a specified range of records Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description View File Contents Use the View File Contents screen to select the file you want to view Resource Manager User s Manua
146. e Type Logical Ray Sira Erzmm par record Piber GE tesads pen ve KEYS Field Definitions Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file to purge Description The description of the file is displayed Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to exit to the Data File Maintenance menu 5 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Application Information 6 3 Directories 6 7 Menus 6 11 Favorites Menus 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions 6 19 Global Inquiry Definitions 6 23 Help Screens 6 37 System Messages 6 39 Backup Restore Commands 6 43 Form Codes 6 47 Form Printers 6 51 Support Information 6 55 User Login Activity 6 59 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Information Features Use the Application Information function on the System File Maintenance menu to maintain the information about the applications on your system Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Application Information Use the Application Information screen to maintain the information about an application Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 3 Application Information System File Maintenance Application Information Screen sas 1000 Taig La Pere kjen kppit d Eura Trata Versal Deta Proge 23009 Yer 1 Last r V rificstice Field Definitions 6 4
147. e month to date the amount of money you deposited in the bank accounts the amount you withdrew adjustments made to the accounts and the amount you transferred from one account to another Setup types Company ID Bank Accts Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description Deposit Total Disbursement Total Adjustment Total Transfer Total H 31 Predefined Functions References GLJDAY GL Journal File Daily Totals The GLJDAY function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for today Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJPTD GL Journal File PTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for the period to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries GLJYTD GL Journal File YTD Totals The GLJPTD function returns the amount of money from unposted journal entries for the year to date Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Unposted Journal Entries H 32 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions GLMPTD GL Master File PTD Totals The GLMPTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Account Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 N
148. e order might not be what you expect For example if 20 items are labeled 1 through 20 and you want all of them to be in a report you might enter 1 at From and 20 at Thru expecting them to be listed 1 2 3 19 20 However since OSAS sorts in alphabetical order they are listed in a different order 1 10 19 2 20 3 9 To prevent that situation pad extra spaces in codes and IDs with zeros so that numbers in alphabetical order are also in numerical order In the example above the items would be labeled 00000000000000000001 through 00000000000000000020 Output Device Report functions screens offer four output options printer file screen and end When you need a hard copy of a report select P and either accept the printer that appears or enter the code for the printer you want to use If applicable select S if you want the report to be in standard size print or C if you want it to be in compressed print If you want to stop printing after it has begun press Ctrl Break Ifyou want to save the report as a data file for example to include it in a word processed report in CR LF format select F The data path for the workstation including the default drive appears if it is specified in the Defaults function Enter the filename and file extension using no more than 35 characters overall To preview the report you must be using the Visual PRO 5 Interpreter and have a sysprint printer in your CONFIG BBX file
149. e searching for the employee ID BOU001 you can enter all six characters just the first few characters or just the last few characters Pick If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is displayed Press P to print the displayed page number to print all pages where the string occurs or C to continue searching for more occurrences of the text string you entered 9 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Active Report Control Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting When all occurances of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Active Report Control screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 11 Active Report Control Print Manager Print Control Window B osas 1000 Teg Hesoript on Hare Lee Cla sz ISEE ice Report 00191063 01 397P T mr irarmantim Jounal 057151958 01 50P Tooo Anetan 0613 1999 GL SOP mub OR Sy L RS OG aor TOGO Copias 1 051519588 OL SOF Tooo Page Fer 1 Fag Thro Umar Reporte Class EN mmm Field Definitions 9 12 Field Name Copies Page From Page Thru User Report Class Saige 3 Pot biip Active Report Control XX Description Accept the displayed number of copies to print or enter a different number Accept the displayed beginning page number or enter a different page number Accept the display
150. ed ending page number or enter a different page number Accept the displayed user ID or enter a different ID Accept the displayed report class or enter a different report class Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Active Report Control Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the print job to a printer End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Report Control menu Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you When the report finishes printing you can retain the report remove it from the Active Report Control or archive it Enter R to retain it D to delete the report or A to send the report to the Archive Control Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 13 Archive Report Control Features Use the Archive Report Control function to view print jobs that have been archived and to access Information from those print Jobs Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Active Report Control Control window Output Device window Search for Text window View File Description Use the Active Report Control screen to view and maintain active print Jobs Use the Control window to enter the number of copies and type of form you want to use to print a report Use the Output Device window to verif
151. ed to convert see Appendix E in the Installation Manuals 1 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Conventions Starting OSAS To start OSAS on a Windows machine double click the OSAS icon on the desktop or in the appropriate folder To start OPEN S YSTEMS Accounting Software on a non Windows machine enter osas at the operating system prompt The command can recognize three parameters t c and a The terminal ID t is the identification code assigned to the terminal you are using to work with OSAS On multiuser systems each terminal usually has a default ID that was assigned when the terminals were added to the system Use the t parameter only when you want to log on with an ID other than the default ID The terminal parameter is valid only if you are using Resource Manager for LANs The company ID c is the identification code assigned to a company If your system carries two or more companies and you do not enter a company ID the menu of the company entered by the last person who used the terminal appears The access code a is your personal password Refer to the chapter 3 for information about assigning access codes The most general expression for getting into OSAS takes all the parameters into account For example if you are on terminal 2 you want to work with company B and the password is pratt specify that information to enter the system osas t T2 c B a pratt For UNIX you can enter
152. efault device types is available if you use the Inquiry F2 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Printers for Windows Field Names Lines Per Page Standard Cols Compress Cols Top Margin Left Margin Font Setup Dialog Description Accept the displayed number of lines per page or enter a different number Accept the displayed number of columns for standard mode printing or enter a different number Accept the displayed number of columns for compressed mode printing or enter a different number Accept the displayed top margin size or enter a different margin size The size is displayed in decimals If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Accept the displayed left margin size or enter a different margin size The default is blank If you change the default setting the new setting overrides the Windows default Enter the name of the TrueType font you want to use for example Courier You can leave this field blank to use the default font Toggle to YES or NO to select the Windows Print Setup dialog box If you select YES the Windows Print Setup dialog box appears when you print in OSAS with the sysprint device you are editing If you select YES you cannot select YES in the Dialog field If you select NO for both the Setup and Dialog fields the system uses the Windows default printer Toggle to YES or NO to select the Windows Pri
153. efault screen that appears when I select the EIS Dashboard Use the Workstation Defaults function in Resource Manager to enter the screen ID in the Dashboard field That ID becomes the default screen How can I keep other users from seeing particular fields here and there Use the Access Codes function on the File Maintenance menu to assign access to users for each field defined in the Field Definitions function A string of Xs appears if a user does not enter the right code Before you can use the Access Codes function you must set up access codes using the Access Codes function on the Company Setup menu See page 3 17 for information Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 C 5 Laser Alignment Notes Printing Forms Ordering Forms are loaded into printers face up or face down When you order forms for a printer that loads face down the order must be reverse collated Request this when ordering Laser Printer Alignment Tips for Forms To make sure lines and characters are aligned properly when printing any form to a laser printer you must set the default lines per page to 60 This will ensure the lines will not creep up the form Follow these steps 1 Select the printing menu from your printer control panel 2 Press the item button until the FORM LINES choice is displayed The must be 60 There are many discrepancies in the way different laser printers print Some print higher or lower than others as well as left
154. em File Maintenance Description For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank Accept the displayed value or enter the number of fields in the cross reference file If the field refers to a table for the appropriate value enter the coordinate of the record in the table you want to access if it does not leave it blank For a self join field enter an expression for the value needed to access the correct key For self join fields the number is always 1 For a cross reference by table field enter the row column reference in the format RxxCyy Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu 6 30 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Global Inquiry Data Columns Screen r 1 Eeng EM Bree Hep Bindes APHIS Global Inguicy Data Columa Page 3 of Col bara Hare Type Formar Field rart len Column 1 TEMP MAME 1 019 001 LS 1 TEMP Gite 1 Gis i LHWYYLTCE HO a 1 Do DOT Dos aa TER TE z 3 cue oo
155. ent to the printer after the text Enter the hexadecimal code for standard print 10 characters an inch Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Devices Field Name Standard Cols System Device Name Termination Timeout Top Margin Printer On Printer Off Print File Description Enter the number of columns that can be printed in standard print mode Enter the system device name Enter the commands to reset the device when the print job is finished Enter the number of seconds the system should wait for the device to become available before displaying an error message Enter the amount of offset you want for the top margin Enter the codes that initialize the printer before a print job Enter the codes that reset the printer when the print job is finished If you entered the system device name FILE you must enter the name of the default file for output to the disk Command Bar Definitions Command Done Enter edit Header Saving and Exiting Description Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press H to enter a new system device name To save your changes and exit to the Devices screen use the Done D command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 17 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Terminals Screen i OSAS T000 Lol
156. ent you have in your company It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets and equity G 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Predefined Functions Executive Information Summary has many functions built into the system for your use This appendix documents the predefined functions To generate your own function list use the Functions List function on the Master File Lists menu Conventions The following convention is used to list a function FUNCNAME Function Name The FUNCNAME function returns particular values Setup types Description A length n type m Description B length n type m Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Description of the returned value 2 Alphanumeric Description of the returned value A Sub numbers an item that a function returns some functions return 20 items of information The sub number is useful when you use the Math formula command you can manipulate individual data items A Type is the sort of information that is returned A function returns one of two types numeric or alphanumeric A Description describes a data item that the function returns Most are self explanatory use the information as a guide for what the item returns and what the entire function returns Resource Manager Functions Manual 6 05 H 1 Predefined Functions References Functions APCHECK Accounts Payable Checks File Totals The APCHECK function returns the total amount of money paid through c
157. enter Y if not enter N printing Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 49 Form Printers Features Use the Form Printers function on the System File Maintenance menu to set up default printers for form types Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Form Printers Use the Form Printers screen to add or change the printer information for form types Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 51 Form Printers System File Maintenance Form Printers Screen 20545 1008 etg Cat Pew Edo r Forn Frister Fot en BERS CSCO PCiBrer Py Lee Typs TD T TI Hares FACE LFL Windows Default Frinter Lager Line 000001 of 00000 Enter edit Apps Field Definitions Field Name Description Form Type Enter the form type you want to set up default printers for Company ID If the form type is company specific enter the company ID for the form type Workstation ID If the form type is for a specific workstation enter the workstation ID for the form type Printer ID Enter the printer ID for the form type You can select only from the printers that are set up in the Resource Manager Devices function Printer Name The printer name is displayed 6 52 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System F
158. eq nusy uerbord abeg XV IIW3 66ddv Vuddv AdE TA0dv oddt LSddV XVLdV g Ladd V LaddT YSddv x INILNHdV SHAdV NOSHASAY NOJIOSAY AUIN dV m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m uor3adr3os q IST nue Atddng si pTrng qyodey xe soTes suog 6601 210d94 stsATeuy IODU A oueTeg TeraL peby qrodey MOTA Use qodey 29TOAUT u do SUOTJOPSUEIL 1504 qaodey xe seres ATted Teuanop sarq q snosuET SOSTN Teuanop s seuoznda sot qug butzinoey Adog SUOTJOPSUEIL J03STH xeuwums A103STH TEPA s oroAuT S OTOAUI pue SIODUSA ez pu eTqekeg saunooov q e G c n iO XO ANN O WO aogewereg nue werborg gt bed uor3adr3os q ISTT nue Arddng szepttng Jebeuey sornosey ez pu lqe ed squnosoy Ez pu eTqeAeg saunooov Z ua s oroAur Aeg vo STITL qI NY 92 6 6661 60 90 s310d9y JueuebeueN 0dv 33oM TTEG Z0dY A tnbul uorqeuroFur TOdY STITL qI WY 97 6 6661 60 90 nue UTEN NIW Arddns szepttng H Aueduoy T abeg uor3adr3os q 3817 nuSy Atddng si pTrng WY 92 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 6 Backup Restore Commands List Features The Backup Restore Commands List shows the commands that are used to back up and restore the data and program files on your system Reports A sample Backup Restore Commands List is on page 11 10 Screen Use Screen Description Backup Restore Use the Backup Restore Commands List screen to select
159. er Territory 5 Customer Name 5 Customer Profit Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 5 Customer Rep 5 Customer Territory 6 Customer Name 6 Customer Profit 6 Customer Rep 6 Customer Territory 7 Customer Name 7 Customer Profit 7 Customer Rep 7 Customer Territory 8 Customer Name 8 Customer Profit 8 Customer Rep 8 Customer Territory 9 Customer Name 9 Customer Profit 9 Customer Rep 9 Customer Territory 10 Customer Name 10 Customer Profit 10 Customer Rep 10 Customer Territory H 23 Predefined Functions References ARCUTOT AR Customer File Totals The ARCUTOT function returns the number of customers you have on file and the number of customers on credit hold Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Customer Count 2 Numeric Customers on Hold Count ARHIDAY AR Detail History File Daily Totals The ARHIDAY function returns the amount you received for a particu
160. er User s Manual 6 05 1 13 Text Menu Introduction e Press the first letter of the application you want to use The cursor jumps to the first application beginning with the letter press the letter key or the down arrow until the application you want is highlighted When your choice is highlighted press PgDn or Enter to select it Position the mouse cursor over the application and click The application will briefly highlight and switch to the application screen To jump to the first application on the menu press Home To jump to the last application on the menu press End To select a function from an application menu highlight and select your choices the same way you do on the Main menu with one exception you can press PgDn only when an option leads to another menu and you must press Enter to select a function On an application menu you can press PgUp to move to the menu immediately above it If you are several menu levels away from the Main menu you can return to the Main menu by pressing PgUp repeatedly or by pressing the Tab key You can exit from a menu in these ways Press the PgUp key to go to the previous menu one menu up Press the Tab key to go to the Main menu Use the Exit F7 command to go to the operating system Function Keys Used in the Text menu Most keyboards have a set of function keys usually labeled with the letter F and a number Within the menu commands are assigned to these funct
161. er where the search label is found Enter the length in the Search command where the Search definition begins Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 27 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Summary Fields Screen STETTIN get Cat Poe bado A Hiri APHIS Global Impricy Tamary Fili Fra i sf 4 Flia Dars fre Type DESY Lp DOG Format Field Srar Les fowcol i GL LT HQ 1 door ls ood 37 02 0108 z GL PDP Mo 1 F ricd DOR CH Got Ole GL dad DER 1 DESSE Lb pe LOG Oo oat 012 Oro Hebe Output Appeocaree Burma Fields knpoum Mo DINNER Period EN Description Diii Field M 1 Dars Kane Expression Lapel Account Ho Daca Type 1 Forman Field 003 Stare 037 Lemah 912 Bow fol Oiti Usar Bask Xref Field Siac kt Lar h B Fides Table Eey Test Field Definitions Field Name Description Fld The field number is displayed Use the Tab key to scroll down through the screens Data Name The data name is displayed Type The type is displayed Description The description is displayed Format The format is displayed Field The field is displayed Start The start position is displayed Len The length is displayed 6 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Global Inquir
162. evices function on the Workstation Configuration menu to set up terminals printers Windows graphics devices and other graphics devices such as plotters you use on your system If you have a multiuser system you can also specify whether a device will be local used by one workstation or shared by all workstations You can save your last device setting in a file that you specify by using the Configuration Backup screen The screen appears when you enter the devices function and will prompt you for a backup file name You can preserve your old backup files by choosing a unique file name Overwriting the old file will erase your previous Device setting and replace it with your current settings Configuration Backup File Name IIA led Pasai BR ata Reports No report is associated with this function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 11 Devices Workstation Configuration Screen Use Screen Description Devices Use the Devices screen to set up the configuration for each Devices Printers Devices Terminals Devices Plotters Devices Configuration Backup window Devices Screen 2 12 Settings Edit Print Help FCBS 7 HANDLE CIBS 7 ALIASE alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias alias STBLEN 3072 D 5 70 D 3 22 PF LPL PDL PSL LPD PDD PSD LPW PDW PSW TODO T001 T002 T003 T004 FILE Print file LF 0DOA FILE PRINT TO
163. executes a public program directly EIS displays an EIS dashboard RW Rpt displays a GENERAL Report Writer report Program Enter the program name menu filename menu record name or operating system command to execute or if you selected type 0 press Enter Param Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected type 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter press Enter Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 13 Menus System File Maintenance Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Move Press M to move the line to a new location Copy Press C to copy the line to another line Swap Press S to swap the position of a line with another line Unique Press U to create or remove unique menu items Title Press T to go back to the Title field Write Press W to write save the line you changed Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write W command followed by the Exit F7 command 6 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Favorites Menus Features The Favorites menu allows you to build your own menu of the functions and submenus you use most You create the Favorites menu automatically by using the Add to Favorites F10 command on the menu Use this function to modify the Favorites menu that is created automatically For example you might group some F
164. ext string you entered 9 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Archive Report Control Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting When all occurances of the text you entered have been found press Enter to return to the Archive Report Control screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 19 Archive Report Control Print Manager Print Control Window B osas 1000 Teg Hesoript on Hare Lee Cla sz ISEE ice Report 00191063 01 397P T mr irarmantim Jounal 057151958 01 50P Tooo Anetan 0613 1999 GL SOP mub OR Sy L RS OG aor TOGO Copias 1 051519588 OL SOF Tooo Page Fer 1 Fag Thro Umar Reporte Class EN mmm Field Definitions 9 20 Field Name Copies Page From Page Thru User Report Class Saige 3 Pot biip Active Report Control XX Description Accept the displayed number of copies to print or enter a different number Accept the displayed beginning page number or enter a different page number Accept the displayed ending page number or enter a different page number Accept the displayed user ID or enter a different ID Accept the displayed report class or enter a different report class Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Archive Report Control Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the print job to a printer End Select E to change
165. f copies and type of form you want to use to print a report Use the Output Device window to verify that the correct forms are in place and to enter the last report class used to print a report Use the Search for Text window to enter a string you want the system to find in the job you have selected Displays path information and file name for selected file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 7 Active Report Control Print Manager Active Report Control Screen B as 1008 Salir Ci Pert ido Activa Paporit Control lang Hesoript loa Hare Lee Cla ner IEE E Price Fepurr 0019 1669 01 397P T Fetiramanta Journal DB 1S 1999 OL SOF Toon ax AINT Be pee DEE 15 1999 GLISOP mon ac D r d yr LEES Ob SOF Togo m curursam m OB ley 1909 OL SUP Tono Sort By Date Sequence Enter teg Edic Toggle v ru file telt search Vigw File Soct Feint peint Match Acchive Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter tag Press Enter to toggle a selected file as tagged or untagged Tagged files can be printed using the Batch command Edit Press E to edit the selected file description and the Cls field Toggle menu file Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name teXt search Press X to search for text in a report See page 9 10 View File Press V to display the path information and file name for the selected file 9 8 Resource Mana
166. f the operator x or you want to use Type a second number and press the key of another operator or press Enter to total the calculation The Calculator functions are displayed in the Functions field Press to see the subtotal the quotation mark key to start a comment and T to print the tape In the View Tape function you can use three keys the up arrow key to move up the tape the down arrow key to move down the tape and the Esc key to jump to the bottom of the tape and exit from View mode Use the following function keys or the alphanumeric equivalents to work with figures in the Memory Tape Entry and Status fields Clear the tape Once you clear the tape it cannot be recalled Clear the Entry field so that you can enter a different number Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Field F3 or M Memory F4 or M Memory F5 or MR Memory Recall F6 or MC Memory Clear F7 or Q Exit F8 or P Printer F9 or O Decimal F10 or W Exit Total Status Other Commands Description Copy the total at the bottom of the tape to the Memory field if the figure in memory is 00 Add the total at the bottom of the tape to the figure in the Memory field Subtract the total at the bottom of the Tape field from the number in the Memory field Copy the number in the Memory field to the Entry field Erase the number in the Memory field Exit from the Calculator without saving
167. field value is recalculated The data includes the type and From Thru information When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or a range of companies The information is stored here and retrieved when you define a field EISTHDR Setup Header file The EISTHDR file stores the setup ID headers and user defined information to be used by a function for calculation When you define a function you use setup IDs to specify the type of information you want returned and the range within those types for example a cash balance for one company or a range of companies The actual data is stored in the EIVAL file EITB Tables file The EITB file stores the settings you entered in the Options and Interfaces function in Resource Manager for EIS See the Resource Manager User s Manual use El as the application ID This version of EIS uses only two switches in the OPTxxx table and none in the OP2xxx table EIS recognizes only these two tables B 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References File Descriptions EIVAL Calculated Values file The EIVAL file stores each value that is displayed on an EIS Dashboard the terminal that last updated the value and the last update date and time When the functions calculate a value the data including the system date and time is sent to this file The EIS Dashboard
168. file 4 sort by the report class 5 sort by the terminal ID where the file was produced Print Press P to print the selected file print Batch Press B to print the files you selected using the tag command Saving and Exiting To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 17 Archive Report Control Print Manager Search for Text Window Eina 1004 lira La Poe Edo Active Report Control m leg Hesoript Lon Hare Lee Cla ner ter ce Papurr 0013 1669 01 37P T mtiremania Joc nal 05715195 OL Sor Tooo Tas ARLE PEE DE 136 1989 GL I SOP man Ace 0615198692 Di ROF TOGO DMA om 0515195 01 30F Too Search for Tert Searching File Fk E earoh Tor Gn MEET Saecching Price Beport for Tesc Flesss mic Field Definitions Field Name Description Search For Enter the string you want the system to search for and use the Proceed PgDn command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job For example if you are searching for the employee ID BOU001 you can enter all six characters just the first few characters or just the last few characters Pick If the system locates the string you entered the page number on which the string appears is displayed Press P to print the displayed page number to print all pages where the string occurs or C to continue searching for more occurrences of the t
169. for the companies applications or menu IDs you select Reports A sample Menu List is on page 11 6 Screen Use Screen Description Menu List Use the Menu List screen to select the menus you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 3 Menu List Master File Lists Menu List Screen P SAS Tod Gating Ea fmi bain r Eanu List Company TP From H Thru H ppitoarioe From AF Thru AF Hera LD Fett Thru Iutput chaovrice Price plfijevwier CFhilg Sjereen Bj a Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID Enter the range of companies you want in the list Application Enter the range of applications you want in the list Menu ID Enter the range of menus you want in the list 11 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Menu List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 5 Master File Lists Menu List Menu List Ouddv V add INITHSd MOoddv INITOHdY SIOOdV nmmmmmm s198y JUTId 18351694 PPA soTqe eg 308195 syo uo ezedezg SS0TOAUJ SSPOTOH PTOH snqeqs oroAur u do abueya ANMT i o Zejowez
170. functions With the Favorites menu you save time in no longer switching to and from commonly accessed applications For example if you have application entries in Transactions Accounts Payable Transfer Journals Inventory and Edit Transactions General Ledger rather than moving through each application menu by menu you could set up a Favorites Menu where with one press of the enter key or a click of a button your function would be open for work Favorites Menu Graphical Style For Favorites Menu setup information see page 1 27 1 12 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Text Menu The Text menu can be used on all OSAS compatible systems Using text based menus the Text menu shown below offers easy access to your applications Text Main Menu 0545 1000 AGE Gaia ES Emi Hel SLEPLE BATA PATA D 05 La Company Builder Jupply 10 12 AE r Rain Mera Em r Resource Basager eg Forckriaiien Configuration Colors Fa board EV lma lsiau ira 00 OPEN STSTEES Ej hcocoortiog Software When you select an application the application s menu which presents several related functions is superimposed over the Main menu Selecting a function leads you to a function screen or to another menu You can select applications from the Main menu in these ways e Use the arrow keys to move the cursor up or down highlighting the application you want to use Then press PgDn or Enter to select it Resource Manag
171. ge or view system messages for an application Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 39 System Messages System File Maintenance System A Screen W ch E P Help Satan farser ipa lioari iF Lime Franse 1 Help if anser bable sa mm mun edit yperd Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the ID of the application whose system messages you want to add view or edit Line The system message line number is displayed Message The system message text is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Append Press to add a system message line 6 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance System Messages Saving and Exiting Uuse the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 41 Backup Restore Commands Features Use the Backup Restore Commands function on the System File Maintenance menu to customize your backup and restore commands Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Backup Restore Commands screen use the Backup Restore Commands List function Screen Use Screen Description Backup Restore Use the Backup Restore Commands screen to customize the Commands backup and restore commands for your system Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 43
172. ger User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Active Report Control Command Description Sort Press to select from the numbered list that appears 1 sort by the report description 2 sort by the date and time from most recent to oldest 3 sort by the ID of the user who produced the file 4 sort by the report class 5 sort by the terminal ID where the file was produced Print Press P to print the selected file print Batch Press B to print the files you selected using the tag command Archive Press A to move the selected file from the Active Report Control to the Archive Report Control Saving and Exiting To exit to the Report Control menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 9 Active Report Control Print Manager Search for Text Window Eina 1004 lira La Poe Edo Active Report Control m leg Hesoript Lon Hare Lee Cla ner ter ce Papurr 0013 1669 01 37P T mtiremania Joc nal 05715195 OL Sor Tooo Tas ARLE PEE DE 136 1989 GL I SOP man Ace 0615198692 Di ROF TOGO DMA om 0515195 01 30F Too Search for Tert Searching File Fk E earoh Tor Gn MEET Saecching Price Beport for Tesc Flesss mic Field Definitions Field Name Description Search For Enter the string you want the system to search for and use the Proceed PgDn command You must enter the text you are searching for exactly as it appears in the print job For example if you ar
173. he latest information Press S to display information within a range Press F to change the definition of the field Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Daily Statistics Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 13 Accounts Receivable Analysis Function The Accounts Receivable Analysis dashboard provides information from key items in Accounts Receivable and Sales Order Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Accounts Receivable An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields Analysis and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 15 Accounts Receivable Analysis EIS Dashboards Accounts Receivable Analysis Screen Gein de Pii bel gir Analysis impad Fin cig Current Pus balance 31 60 61 50 j i 121 Urzmgp lied CE Total Dua Ineouoe Coen Custorar Count Active Customs Fast Due Cuaromers Opdate Prselc lobal Setup Field View Edit Goad Mistory
174. hecks the money saved through discounts the money lost by not taking advantage of discounts and the amount paid in advance by checks Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total 2 Numeric Discounts Taken Total 3 Numeric Discounts Lost Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Total APHCDAY AP Checks History File Daily Totals The APHCDAY function returns the total amount paid with checks for a particular day Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total H 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions APHCPTD AP Checks History File PTD Totals The APHCPTD function returns the total amount paid with checks in the period the amount saved through discounts by paying on time in the period the amount paid with checks in advance in the period and the amount saved through discounts by paying in advance in the period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Regular Checks Gross Due 2 Numeric Regular Checks Discounts 3 Numeric Prepaid Checks Gross Due 4 Numeric Prepaid Checks Discounts APHCYTD AP Checks History File YTD Totals The APHCYTD function returns the total amount paid with checks for the year to date Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 3 Predefined Functions References H 4 APHIDAY AP Detail History File Daily Totals The APHIDAY
175. her or not you want each table to begin on a new page 11 32 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Tables List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 33 Master File Lists Tables List Tables List I abeg 310dey Jo pug PROT 3unooov ANT HOT 3unoooV dIM ANTA LIN GTHIA Y dil IT uy26ueyr umqoo Z sunog JO ON squnosoy qTnej q uorqoesue L UOTIALIDSET dd qI ST L ez PY etTqekeg saunooov ASTI seTqeL WY LT 0T Arddng szepttng 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 34 Country Codes List Features The Country Codes List shows the country codes and the names associated with the codes that are on your system Reports A sample Country Codes List is on page 11 38 Screen Use Screen Description Country Codes List Use the Country Codes List screen to select the codes you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 35 Country Codes List Master File Lists Country Codes List Screen Fl SAS Timi FE Country Codea List Fick Country Coda From TS THE i Country Heme From V 9 Th
176. ic Active Customer Count 12 Numeric Past Due Customer Count ARCASH AR Cash Receipts File Totals The ARCASH function returns totals from the Cash Receipts file broken down by payment type Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Receipts Total 2 Numeric Discounts Total 3 Numeric Payment Type 1 Total Cash 4 Numeric Payment Type 1 Total Cash 5 Numeric Payment Type 2 Total Check 6 Numeric Payment Type 2 Total Check 7 Numeric Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card 8 Numeric Payment Type 3 Total Credit Card 9 Numeric Payment Type 4 Total Write off 10 Numeric Payment Type 4 Total Write off 11 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other 12 Numeric Payment Type 5 Total Other Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 11 Predefined Functions References ARCTOPPL AR Top 10 Customers L Y Profit Totals The ARCTOPPL function returns the customers that provided the most profit last year in descending order the profit the customer representative and the territory associated with the customer Setup types Company ID Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Description 1 Customer Name 1 Customer Profit 1 Customer Rep 1 Customer Territory 2 Customer
177. id Posted Total SOORDERS SO Orders File Totals The SOORDERS function returns counts and total by order status from the Sales Order Transaction file Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description New Orders Total New Orders Count Picked Orders Total Picked Orders Count Verified Orders Total Verified Orders Count H 47 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 7 Numeric Invoiced Orders Total 8 Numeric Invoiced Orders Count 9 Numeric Backordered Orders Total 10 Numeric Backordered Orders Count 11 Numeric Quoted Orders Total 12 Numeric Quoted Orders Count 13 Numeric Returned Orders Total 14 Numeric Returned Orders Count 15 Numeric All Orders Total 16 Numeric All Orders Count 17 Numeric Unshipped New and Picked Cost Total 18 Numeric Shipped Verified and Invoiced Cost Total 19 Numeric Backordered Cost Total 20 Numeric Quoted Cost Total 21 Numeric Returned Cost Total 22 Numeric Total Cost H 48 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions TDAYS PD Total Days in Current Period The TDAYS PD function returns the number of calendar days and working days in the current period Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Days in Current Period 2 Numeric Working Days in Current Period Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 49
178. ield Name BBx Device Name Backspace Carriage Return Compress Print Compress Cols Copy From Device Type Dialog Expanded On Expanded Off Expanded Cols Expanded Lines Description Enter the device name If the printer supports an ASCII backspace code enter Y If the printer does not have backspace capability enter N or a hexadecimal code for a backspace If the printer supports the ASCII carriage return code enter Y if it does not enter N or the hexadecimal code for a carriage return Enter the hexadecimal code for compressed print about 17 6 characters an inch Enter the number of columns that can be printed in compressed printer mode This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy Select the device type from the inquiry window Enter YES if you want to call up a screen that will allow you to select a printer Enter NO if you want to print to the default printer Enter the hexadecimal code that turns on expanded print mode Enter the hexadecimal code that turns off expanded print mode Enter the number of columns that can be printed in expanded print mode Enter the number of lines of expanded print that fit on a page Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 15 Devices Workstation Configuration 2 16 Field Name Form Feed Font Left Margin Line Feed Lines Per Page Lock File Initializati
179. ield Name Description Expense Acct Enter the expense account number for the location Taxable Purchases Enter the taxable purchases for the location Nontaxable Purchases Enter the nontaxable purchases for the location Tax Paid Enter the tax paid for the location Tax Refundable Enter the amount of tax refunded for the location Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Tax Locations screen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 11 Tax Locations Application Setup View Line Window SAS 1600 Sjette La fi kj p Tax Locations Lar Loan ilon HHE Mare BLA Feeble Tax Level i Tax Tb M37 7490 54354054216 Authority AH Tax on Feeight MO Misc HO Wied Line E Tar Class me Dear i prisa Consuer oda Taxable Salam 00 Bales Tort Peerent E S00 Mantasable dales Cy Porgi Tar Feroent 50 000 Tar Collerted Ch Rafzadabla Peco 0 000 Espease cat Table PorchaS Cay Horntaxacle Purchases Gu Tar Fuid 00 Tas B Turemsab Le 00 Prosa any key DE Clothing 0 000 7 000 DO Man oF Furl 0 000 7 000 DO sD Total 00 OD Calculated DO am WEN SIER OG cc Field Definitions You cannot enter or change information in this window Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting To exit to the Tax Locations screen press any key 4 12 Resource Manager User s Man
180. ile Maintenance Form Printers Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a form type Saving and Exiting To exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 53 Support Information Features Use the Support Information function on the System File Maintenance menu to enter the information that appears on the Other Commands Support Information screen You can also access this function by pressing Shift F3 when a Basic Error window appears Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Support Information Use the Support Information screen to enter information about your dealer site number and phone numbers for technical support Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 55 Support Information System File Maintenance Support Information Screen B isas 1000 Faing CE Poe kjen Dealer Hams Denlaz Contect Dealer Phot Hine Dealer Sir Kusber Mota 1 Hole Z Customer Sita Husker Open fares Teghnigal Ezpoct Information Screen fak Bho apor ined drnares Canada Online Field Definitions 6 56 Field Name Dealer Name Dealer Contact Dealer Phone Number Fax No Dealer Site Number Note 1 Note 2 Customer Site Number Open Systems Technical Support Description Enter y
181. ion from the menu the function screen appears The way that you enter data on OSAS screens is consistent from function to function To move around the OSAS screens you use the function commands described below Most keyboards have a set of function keys usually labeled with the letter F and a number In OSAS commands are assigned to these function keys You can use the commands to work with data entry screens Except for the Command Help Esc and Jump Tab commands and the Enter key you can use the Keyboard function on the Workstation Configuration menu to reassign any function key to any command see the Keyboard function on page 2 7 Key Operation Esc View the list of commands for the screen you are on and the Command help field you are in To close the commands window press any key Fl Get information about the field you are working on Help F2 Make a selection from a range of entries for a field if the Inquiry Inquiry flag appears at the bottom of the screen F3 Delete the information on the screen Since this command can Delete delete an entire record use it with caution F4 Open a menu of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry Other which consolidates and presents information from other applications are some of the utilities on the Other Commands menu See Appendix F for information about the utilities on the Other Commands menu FS Move the cursor back to the first field on the screen or to the
182. ion keys You can use the commands to work with data entry screens 1 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Text Menu Except for the Command Help Esc the Jump Tab commands and the Enter key you can use the Keyboard function on the Workstation Configuration menu to reassign any function key to any command see the Keyboard function on page 2 7 Key Esc Command help Fl Function Help F2 Favorites Menu F3 Change Company F4 Access Code F4 twice Other Menu ES Live Sample swap F6 Workstation Date F7 Exit F9 Application Setup F10 Add to Favorites Operation Views the list of commands for the menu To close the commands window press any key Displays help information for this function Displays the Favorites menu or changes to the regular menu from the Favorites menu Allows you to switch between companies Displays the Access Code prompt Opens a menu of utilities A calculator and Global Inquiry which consolidates and presents information from other applications are some of the utilities on the Other Commands menu See Appendix F for information about the utilities on the Other Commands menu Switches between live and sample data Displays the current workstation date and allows you to change it Exits from OSAS Allows certain functions to be set up Works only in certain applications The application s user s manual will describe the fu
183. ipping Enter special shipping instructions Instructions Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Forms Reorder screen Use the Exit F7 command to exit to the Application Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 35 Application Setup Forms Reorder Sample Order Form qusu eg Jo poyien TWLOL xe s Tes ppe XL PN SK NI TI V9 00 VO sebreyg 3N3OM34V Teaoaqns 19420 199UY TTorkeg PS9EE 005 TOT TOO S UTT ON 0901 zequiny uor3adra3os q SoTid eanqeubts 9095 UTLI Aqtquend sed 3onpoad WEI SJONPOIF JSQUAN 18U09SN ON SHA pI0 BUTWITFJUOJ ON ISPIQ sseynuNg INOX ON SHA 3e d z pastasy ISQUAN SOTOAUT SNOTASIA ON SHA I DIO M N ON SHA qeeder Pexz ON SHA S1ojeq sn wor pazspzo NO aaey SuUoTJoNIISUI burddrys Tero ds T100 628 219 ZELE PDESGS NN 9TOITO OTITRIA USPH Ad ST UPTAL USPTOD 9791 Arddng szepttng 01 drus 6b1 678 719X84 TT00 678 TT9 TELE PPESS NN STATLIG USpPH Id ST UETII USPTOD 9Z9L Arddng sasptrng OL TTT I bed 6 SZZ 008 xXe d 9EL9 766 008 NAdO 766 008 010 1 80 CN 998198 PTOTIASD9A LL 89004 EDT XOg 0 d SWOT SWALSAS NAdO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 36 Forms Reorder Codes Features Use the Forms Reorder Codes function on the Applic
184. irectory is the one you will use for data files or change it System Files Enter the path to the directory where the system files are stored 6 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Directories Field Name Description Report Writer Press Enter if the displayed directory is for the Report Writer data files or change it Sample Data Press Enter if the displayed directory will contain the sample data or change it Utils Enter the name of the directory where your utility files will be stored This directory is available in both live and sample data Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 9 Menus Features Use the Menus function on the System File Maintenance menu to change the menus for any application that is installed for the company you selected at the Main menu You can change the order of the selections on the menu add descriptive information to a menu or add other BB compatible programs to a menu Reports To produce a list of the Information entered on the Menus screen use the Menu List function Screen Use Screen Description Menus Use the Menus screen to add or change an application s menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 11 Menus Menus Screen F 0SA5 1000 Gaig La Pert bid p
185. ity Acct 4 8 Description Enter the ID of the tax location you want to work with Enter the name of the tax location or use the displayed name Enter the tax level of the location Enter the tax ID of the authority or use the displayed tax ID Enter a tax authority or use the displayed tax authority Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not freight or miscellaneous items are taxed Enter the account number to which you want to post the liability for tax Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Tax Locations Field Name Tax Refundable Acct Class Description Sales Tax Purch Tax Tax Collected Tax Paid Description Enter the account number to which you want to post the refundable tax The tax classes and their descriptions are displayed The percentage of tax for the class is displayed The amount of tax for purchases for the class is displayed The amount of tax collected for the class is displayed The amount of tax paid for the class is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Tax Loc First Last Next Prev View Header Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt gt to the tax location you want to edit and press Enter Press T to select a different tax location Press F to go to the first tax location record Press L to go to the last tax location record Press N to go to the next tax location record Press P to go to the previous tax loca
186. k 35 5 TERTI GEST 1 a 001 ul 12 i EXT PRICE E Do ia a Ken jbaca ol upa Egress oa Daza Type i Format Field oil rart Gi length 0145 Col MS User Bask Eraf Field Jr rt Langth Tl m Table Kei Test Field Definitions Field Name Description Col The column is displayed Data Name The data name is displayed Type The type is displayed Format The format is displayed Field The field is displayed Start The start position is displayed Len The field length is displayed Column The column number is displayed Invoice The invoice is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 31 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance 6 32 Field Name Date Item No Description Salesord Qty Ext Price Data Name Expression Data Type Format Field Start Length Col No Description The date is displayed The item number is displayed The description is displayed The sales order is displayed The quality is displayed The external price is displayed Accept the displayed name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical statement on the next line Enter a statement by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by stating valid mathematical expressions Accept the displayed data type or enter a different value 1 alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 social security number values The forma
187. k Tax Aueckseier Fror Tiru Tax Location From MHF Tou EN Field Definitions Field Name Description Have you printed the Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you have printed the Sales Tax Report Sales Tax Report If you enter N the system prompts you to exit to the menu so that you can print the report Pick Enter the range of tax authorities and locations you want to clear sales tax for Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 4 22 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Clear Sales Tax Saving and Exiting After you clear the sales tax the Application Setup menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 23 Period Setup Features Use the Period Setup function on the Application Setup menu to set up the CNVTxxx Period Conversion table the current fiscal year and the number of periods per year Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Period Setup Use the Period Setup screen to establish the current fiscal year and number of periods Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 25 Period Setup Application Setup Period Setup Screen A SAS 100 Faig Ea Period Setup CUPEEB Fiscal rear 123 H at Pericos Tear 13 Per ics Esgin Dare End Para 1 mc 01431 02401 A i 07405 merkt 4 Darc 0450 3 iral S31 barca peran T onc TIL 0601 IL MENEE Ory Soi 10 LOC 1031 11 11 01 11 30 i LEO 12731
188. l 6 05 5 19 View File Contents Data File Maintenance View File Contents Screen aing a Pere khdp View Film Ccotentz ri Ww Place L pt sot File Type Logical Hay Sira Erzmm par record Piber GE EEan da pen ve KEYS Fiak Index Fran This a Field Definitions 5 20 Field Name Description Filename Enter the name of the file whose contents you want to view Description The file description is displayed File Type The file type is displayed Logical Key Size The logical key size is displayed Number of records The number of records is displayed Bytes per record The number of bytes per record is displayed Active keys The number of active keys is displayed Pick Enter the index you want to view in the data or enter 99 to view all keys Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Maintenance View File Contents Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 21 File Rebuild Verify Features Use the File Rebuild Verify function on the Data File Maintenance menu to rebuild your data files or to verify that they are still usable Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description File Rebuild Verify Use the File Rebuild Verify screen to specify the file you want to rebuild or verify Resource Manager User s Manua
189. l 6 05 5 23 File Rebuild Verify Data File Maintenance File Rebuild Verify Screen P SA tiii BEG Sara Ci Pet biel File Febuild Vecify File zo Rebs avert uwawan Field Definitions Field Name Description File to Rebuild Verify Enter the name of the file you want to rebuild or verify Key to Rebuild Accept the displayed key or enter the key with the highest number of active records Replace original file Enter Y to save the rebuilt file or enter N to use the original with rebuilt file file Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 5 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Maintenance File Rebuild Verify Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 25 Purge Data Records Features Use the Purge Data Records function on the Data File Maintenance menu to remove specific data records Contact your Open Systems client support representative for advice on the correct course of action for this function Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Data Records Use the Purge Data Records screen to select the file you want to remove Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 27 Purge Data Records Data File Maintenance Purge Data Records Screen TETTE BEG Gaig La Pert bjp Purge Data Fecoocs rin Imacriptson Fal
190. l ure TES Global Inguizy Lines ME Field Definitions Field Name Description Global Inquiry Window Enter the ID of the Global Inquiry window you want to define ID or change Copy From This field appears if you entered a new window ID Enter the ID of the window you want to copy Window Title Accept the title of the displayed window or enter a different title Do You Want To If you want to enter or change general information summary Change fields data columns or global inquiry links enter Y in the appropriate fields if not enter N 6 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 25 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions General Information Screen 20545 1008 Mirdaw TD Titim File Home Tapia Humber Pegriat 1 jeger J Segment 1 Field Definitions Field Name Window ID Title File Name Topic Number File 6 26 Gaia Dat Pent biip loba Inquiry Definitions Page lof 4 Peral MEIA loma Acccunta Fayeble Detail File gi 10 a Flis L Tey W s Fay Lens 14 Tanlugica Hast Escluaion Task Facord Selection Length begin Laagth Baaroh befinicior Descripti
191. lar day from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Credit Memos Total 3 Numeric Payments Total 4 Numeric Finance Charges Total 5 Numeric Sales Tax Total 6 Numeric Freight Charges Total 7 Numeric Miscellaneous Total H 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions ARHIPTD AR Detail History File PTD Totals The ARHIPTD function returns the amount you received for the period to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric 5 Numeric 6 Numeric 7 Numeric Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total Sales Tax Total Freight Charges Total Miscellaneous Total ARHIYTD AR Detail History File YTD Totals The ARHIYTD function returns the amount you received for the year to date from invoices credit memos payments finance charges sales tax freight and miscellaneous charges Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description Invoices Total Credit Memos Total Payments Total Finance Charges Total H 25 Predefined Functions References Sub Type Description 5 Numeric Sa
192. ld a function Resource Manager Functions Manual 6 05 l 1 Building Functions References Planning the function Before you use the GENERIC FNC function to customize a function plan the attributes that you want the function to have What do you want the function to do e Which values and how many do you want the function to return e Which files and applications does the function need to access Consult the file descriptions of the applications involved to answer these questions Make a backup copy of GENERIC FNC or any function before you modify it Modifying GENERIC FNC Precoded EIS functions use the following standard Lines 200 299 Set the following variables VALUES The total number of values returned by the function A value is anything that the function returns number date code literal value RTN The ID of the function It must be 8 characters long If it has fewer than 8 characters pad with spaces Lines 300 399 This area is used to dimension application specific variables used in the function with the DIM verb Check the IOLists used in the function in lines 899 989 for arrays 1 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Building Functions Lines 400 499 Set the following variables FILES The total number of application files opened for each company FILENAME 1 FILES Each filename excluding the company ID Lines 600 699 This area is used to check that each app
193. les 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description H 41 Predefined Functions References H 42 Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Description 5 Item Sales 5 Item Quantity 6 Item ID 6 Item Description 6 Item Sales 6 Item Quantity 7 Item ID 7 Item Description 7 Item Sales 7 Item Quantity 8 Item ID 8 Item Description 8 Item Sales 8 Item Quantity 9 Item ID 9 Item Description 9 Item Sales 9 Item Quantity 10 Item ID 10 Item Description 10 Item Sales 10 Item Quantity Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions JOBSACT JO Jobs Phases Actual Totals The JOBSACT function returns the actual amount you billed the customer the pieces that have been completed for an indication of how much of the Job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the miscellaneo
194. les Rep Name 7 Sales Rep Sales 8 Sales Rep Name 8 Sales Rep Sales 9 Sales Rep Name 9 Sales Rep Sales H 27 Predefined Functions References H 28 Sub Type Description 19 Alphanumeric 10 Sales Rep Name 20 Numeric 10 Sales Rep Sales ARRTOPSY AR Top 10 Sales Reps YTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPS Y function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the year to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Sales Rep Name 2 Numeric 1 Sales Rep Sales 3 Alphanumeric 2 Sales Rep Name 4 Numeric 2 Sales Rep Sales 5 Alphanumeric 3 Sales Rep Name 6 Numeric 3 Sales Rep Sales 7 Alphanumeric 4 Sales Rep Name 8 Numeric 4 Sales Rep Sales 9 Alphanumeric 5 Sales Rep Name 10 Numeric 5 Sales Rep Sales 11 Alphanumeric 6 Sales Rep Name 12 Numeric 6 Sales Rep Sales 13 Alphanumeric 7 Sales Rep Name 14 Numeric 7 Sales Rep Sales Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 15 Alphanumeric 8 Sales Rep Name 16 Numeric 8 Sales Rep Sales 17 Alphanumeric 9 Sales Rep Name 18 Numeric 9 Sales Rep Sales 19 Alphanumeric 10 Sales Rep Name 20 Numeric 10 Sales Rep Sales ARSALE Accounts Receivable Transaction File Sales Totals The ARSAL
195. les Tax Total 6 Numeric Freight Charges Total 7 Numeric Miscellaneous Total AROPEN AR Open Invoice File Totals The AROPEN function returns totals from the Open Invoice file including the total from invoices and finance charges and the net due total Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Credit Memos Total 3 Numeric Payments Total 4 Numeric Finance Charges Total 5 Numeric Open Invoice Grand Total 6 Numeric Discounts Total H 26 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions ARRTOPSP AR Top 10 Sales Reps PTD Sales Totals The ARRTOPSP function returns the names of the sales representatives with the most sales in descending order for the period to date The function also returns the total amount received from sales for each sales representative Setup types Company ID Sub Type 1 Alphanumeric 2 Numeric 3 Alphanumeric 4 Numeric 5 Alphanumeric 6 Numeric 7 Alphanumeric 8 Numeric 9 Alphanumeric 10 Numeric 11 Alphanumeric 12 Numeric 13 Alphanumeric 14 Numeric 15 Alphanumeric 16 Numeric 17 Alphanumeric 18 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description 1 Sales Rep Name 1 Sales Rep Sales 2 Sales Rep Name 2 Sales Rep Sales 3 Sales Rep Name 3 Sales Rep Sales 4 Sales Rep Name 4 Sales Rep Sales 5 Sales Rep Name 5 Sales Rep Sales 6 Sales Rep Name 6 Sales Rep Sales 7 Sa
196. lication you need for the function is installed Otherwise the function returns an error in the EIVAL file Lines 899 989 This area holds the EIS IOLists Do not change the code unless you really want to modify how EIS works Lines 990 999 This area is used to place the IOLists the function needs from applications other than EIS Lines 1000 1399 This area is used to read through the company ranges in the setup record and place a list of valid companies in the variable COS This variable calls lines 5000 5199 to cycle through each company open its files and run a particular routine When the routine is done the company IDs are cycled through until all the company IDs have been used The function lines 4000 4199 then writes its results to the EIVAL file and exits Do not modify this area Lines 2000 3999 This area holds the code that uses a From Thru range from the setup file and calculates data from records in that range For example if the function is designed to total a range of GL accounts this section of code would read the GLMAxxx or GLJRxxx file for each From Thru range given It would then keep a running total in the array TOT VALUES Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 3 Building Functions References Each element in the array can contain different types of totals BUDGETED ACTUAL and so forth When the From Thru range has been completed this section ends and returns to the area of code that gets another
197. m Use the description that is displayed or enter a different description for the field Use the mask that is displayed or enter a different mask for the field The function ID refers to the operation you want done to the data and the information you want in return The setup ID refers to a range of data you want to confine the operation to Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line of function and setup IDs you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a line of function and setup IDs Header Press H to edit the header information Math formula Press M to activate the Math Formula window Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 29 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Math Formula Window 0545 1000 eng de Pi be r Fimld Imfinitions Field IB AFERL Bsmzripriom kacounta Faymrls Galence Dirplay Fak E 395 229 00 Fungtion _ E a P n n R PP n p urn s APOFEH APORHECE Field Definitions Enter one to 10 lines of formula to calculate the display value Command Bar Definitions This window has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save the math formula and exit to the Field
198. m to the application s program directory No data directories are defined You did not specify the directory that contains your data files Use the Directories function to specify the directory No Fields in Formula A formula must contain at least one field No OSCODE File Setup Company Access Codes First You must set up access codes through Resource Manager before you set them up in EIS See page 3 17 No help records matching this field name The help record you specified does not contain any descriptive text Enter a different help ID No jobs have been selected for batch processing Before printing jobs that are in the queue you must select at least one print job to be included in the batch by using the B command No options found for this application The application you selected has no options No source files found for xx The source files were not found for the application you are working with Check the directory that contains the files to be converted for the proper source files Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 13 System Messages References No unprinted suggestions match print selections The suggestions you entered have already been printed Number of columns must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four columns wide Number of rows must be greater than 4 The window must be more than four rows long Options and Interfaces program not found The system cannot access the program that is
199. mation 6 55 User Login Activity 6 59 EIS Dashboards Company Summary 7 3 Cash Requirements Forecast 7 7 Daily Statistics 7 11 Accounts Receivable Analysis 7 15 Accounts Payable Analysis 7 19 Top 10 Customers 7 23 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Top 10 Items 7 27 Top 10 Sales Reps 7 31 Top 10 Vendors 7 35 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard 8 3 Dashboard 8 7 Dashboard History 8 11 Field History 8 15 Global Dashboard Update 8 19 Purge Dashboard History 8 23 Field Definitions 8 27 Setup 8 31 Functions 8 35 Access Codes 8 39 Dashboard Editor 8 43 Tables 8 47 Screen Definitions List 8 51 Field Definitions List 8 55 Functions List 8 59 Setup Definitions List 8 63 Print Manager Report History Inquiry 9 3 Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 15 Report Class Maintenance 9 23 Parameter Maintenance 9 27 Purge Report History 9 31 Reports Data File Allocation Report 10 3 Product Suggestions Report 10 7 Error Log 10 11 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 15 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Menu List 11 3 Backup Restore Commands List 11 7 Application Information List 11 11 Company Information List 11 15 Help Screens List 11 19 Inquiry Window Definitions List 11 23 Global Inquiry Window List 11 27 Tables List 11 31 Country Codes List 11 35 Tax Locations List 11 39 Tax Groups List 11 43 Options and Interfaces List 11 47 References System Messages A 1 File
200. meric 8 Item Quantity 33 Alphanumeric 9 Item ID 34 Alphanumeric 9 Item Description 35 Numeric 9 Item Sales 36 Numeric 9 Item Quantity 37 Alphanumeric 10 Item ID 38 Alphanumeric 10 Item Description 39 Numeric 10 Item Sales 40 Numeric 10 Item Quantity H 38 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions INVTOPSP Inventory Top 10 Items PTD Sales Totals The INVTOPSP function returns the 10 highest selling items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Type Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Numeric Numeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Description 1 Item ID 1 Item Description 1 Item Sales 1 Item Quantity 2 Item ID 2 Item Description 2 Item Sales 2 Item Quantity 3 Item ID 3 Item Description 3 Item Sales 3 Item Quantity 4 Item ID 4 Item Description 4 Item Sales 4 Item Quantity 5 Item ID 5 Item Description H 39 Predefined Functions References H 40 Sub 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Type Numeri
201. mos Miscellaneous Invoices Totals Debit Memos Totals H 5 Predefined Functions References APMREQ AP Material Requisitions File Totals The APMREQ function returns the current unposted material requisition transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Material Requisitions Total 2 Numeric Returned Material Requisitions Total APOPEN AP Open Invoice File Totals The APOPEN function returns the invoice totals from the Open Invoice file and separates them by status Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Gross Due Total 2 Numeric Discount Total 3 Numeric Prepaid Gross Due Total 4 Numeric Prepaid Discount Total 5 Numeric Released Status Count 6 Numeric Hold Status Count 7 Numeric Prepaid Status Count 8 Numeric Temporary Hold Count 9 Numeric 1099 Gross Due Total 10 Numeric 1099 Discount Total H 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions Sub Type Description 11 Numeric Released Status Gross Due Total 12 Numeric Released Status Discount Total 13 Numeric Hold Status Gross Due Total 14 Numeric Hold Status Discount Total 15 Numeric Temporary Hold Gross Due Total 16 Numeric Temporary Hold Discount Total 17 Numeric Total Count APTRAN AP Transaction File Totals The APTRAN function returns unposted current transaction totals Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Invoices Total 2 Numeric Debit Memos Total
202. n command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 9 Daily Statistics Function The Daily Statistics dashboard provides current data on Sales Order and Purchase Order statuses Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Daily Statistics An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 11 Daily Statistics EIS Dashboards Daily Statistics Screen Balza Eder STALT Hew Picked Bhipged haskordera Ratuna Total Quotes Livoicad Tein Imoined FT Cash Receipts Cat Chacko Loi Carda Writeotis Uttar Beceived Today Received PTE Update Aezmic lobal Setup Field View Edit Lomd Mistory Daily Stacimticm Pucobase OEE EDLs Hau 00 00 Printed 00 Da Res Ive ou a Rerorna 00 DD Debit Macc 00 00 Tobal ou Di Goods Revd if Tear oo a nvoicus Received Today OD va ETE oo a DO Check Yritten Accto Pay Payroll DO n Process DD Today DO 2 PTE 00 ial Command Bar Definitions 7 12 Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View Description Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for t
203. n function 3 7 screen 3 8 Defaults function 2 23 screen 2 24 Devices function 2 11 Plotters screen 2 20 Printers screen 2 14 screen 2 12 Terminals screen 2 18 Directories function 6 7 E Edit Line window Forms Reorder 4 32 Tax Locations 4 10 EIS Dashboard function 8 3 EIS Dashboard Editor function 8 43 EIS Dashboard History Report function 8 11 IX 2 sample 8 14 EIS Dashboard Report function 8 7 sample 8 10 Error Log function 10 11 sample 10 14 screen 10 12 error messages A 1 Execute an Operating System Command F 5 F Field Definitions function 8 27 Field Definitions List function 8 55 sample 8 58 Field History Report function 8 15 sample 8 18 file descriptions B 1 File Rebuild Verify function 5 23 screen 5 24 files CNVTLOG B 3 OSAPPL B 5 OSBUF TXT B 5 OSBUT TXT B 5 OSCL B 5 OSCN B 6 OSCNVT B 6 OSCODE B 6 OSCOMP B 6 OSCOPR B 6 OSDE B 6 OSDF B 7 OSER B 7 OSINFO B 7 OSKY B 7 OSMN B 8 OSMNxxx B 8 OSREF TXT B 5 OSRET TXT B 5 OSTD B 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 OSTM B 8 printing selected C 3 RMCDxxx B 10 RMDEVDEF B 10 RMDRVDEF B 10 RMGIDEF B 10 RMPRNDEF B 10 RMTDxxx B 10 RMTHxxx B 10 RMTXxxx B 11 SUGGEST B 11 xxAPPL TXT B 1 xxDATA B 1 xxFILES TXT B 1 xxFRST TXT B 1 xxHELP B 1 xxLABEL TXT B 1 xxLAST TXT B 2 xxMN B 2 xxMSG B 2 xxOI B 2 xxSWCH B 2 xxTB B 2 xxWIND B 2 Form Class Mai
204. n use the operating system commands to erase the specified file first Access code xxxxxx already exists You cannot have two access codes that are the same Enter a different access code Access for file maintenance denied You are not authorized to use the File Maintenance function you are trying to work with Access Name access code Not On File The name you entered is not on file Enter a name that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a name You must use the Access Codes function in Resource Manager to define an access code see page 3 17 Access to item Denied Your access to the field function or command you are trying to use is restricted If you have clearance to use it enter your access code and password first Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 1 System Messages References All form classes must match on batch selected jobs Form class cannot be changed on a batch selection If selected form class doesn t match printer form class job will not print Selected jobs will not print if the form class doesn t match the printer s current form class All the jobs you select to print in a batch must have the same form class Select print jobs with the same form class or print one job at a time if print jobs have different form classes A driver filename must be supplied when using Device Type doscon The terminal you are trying to set up requires a value in the driver filen
205. n values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you move down in 1 720 inch fragments Follow these steps below 1 Select DEVICES from the Workstation Configuration menu in Resource Manager 2 Edit the appropriate alias line and add 1B266C343555 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 D 3 Laser Alignment Notes References The number 3435 is the hex code for 45 which moves everything to the down 45 720 of an inch If you need to move down more change the second and last numbers in 3435 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther to the right you could try 56 The hex code would change to 3536 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 5 35 and 6 36 Left to Right and Up and Down Issues Direct printing in OSAS for Windows or UNIX If you must add hex codes to modify print left to right and up and down you must edit the config bbx file with a text editor and add the codes to the end of the SP section of the alias line for standard forms or CP for compressed forms You must enter the text editor because the command is too long to enter through Resource Manager s Devices function Printing Laser Forms on Ink Jets Bubble Jets or Desk Jets These printers cannot interpret laser definitions There is no way to control how the forms print Either they print correctly o
206. n you set up a plotter ID it must begin with the letter D Invalid Element In Field Invalid Function Number In Field 7 The formula has an invalid element or function number Invalid entry The information you entered is not valid Enter the data correctly Invalid Time The format is hh mm Invalid version number please enter again The version number you entered is not valid Enter a different version number A 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Invalid workstation ID The system does not recognize the workstation ID you entered Enter a different workstation ID Mask format error use mask The data you entered does not fit the format for the field Enter the data again using the format shown in the message Math expression does not contain matching parentheses The data name you chose is invalid in this window definition Move to New Location and Press Enter Move the cursor to the spot on the EIS Dashboard where you want the left edge of the field to appear and press Enter Memo accounts are not allowed The GL account you entered cannot be set up as a memo account in General Ledger Must build CNVTxxx table to validate period entry Access the Period Setup function and fill in the lower half of the screen which includes the period beginning and ending dates Must build OPT table first The application you are working with does not have an OPT table Use the
207. nager User s Manual 6 05 6 35 Help Screens Features Use the Help Screens function on the System File Maintenance menu to customize an application s help screens Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Help Screens Use the Help Screens screen to add or change help for a field Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 37 Help Screens System File Maintenance Help Screens Screen A SAS Timi Saing La Pere bjp m Help cruan Appliearton ID AF Help Hey APOR Fimld IC Emi Ly Fock t Help Text Use the Eurccions GE LAS DALLY MER pes Lo FSLER 18V0LPES and deb waqasa for porchased and returned ira less you can dop Fezureing szerier thet you heva get up into live trassscticas Enter edit Appermt Needec Topp from Field Definitions Field Name Description Application ID Enter the ID of the application whose help screens you want to add or edit Help Key Select the Help key of the help screen you want to change from the inquiry window Field ID Enter the ID of the field or accept the displayed field ID 6 38 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System Messages Features Use the System Messages function on the System File Maintenance menu to change or add system messages in any application Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description System Messages Use the System Messages screen to add chan
208. nction if necessary Allows you to add to and delete from your Favorites menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 15 Text Menu Introduction Key Operation Shift F5 Switch between text and graphical menu styles without going Change menu style into Defaults Shift F2 Displays information about the applications you have Application Info installed PgUp Move back one menu level Start over Tab Move back to the Main menu Jump Enter Select a menu or function from a menu Up Arrow Move the cursor up or down through the menu selections Down Arrow Ctrl G If the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must Bell on off verify a command To turn off the bell use this command or the Defaults function on page 2 23 To turn the bell back on use this command again 1 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Graphical Style Menus There are two types of graphical style menus to choose from The standard Graphical menu features application buttons that resemble many Windows functions The Start Main menu is named because of its functional resemblance to the Start menu in Windows 95 98 and Windows NT Featuring graphical displays access buttons for your installed applications and allowing access to OSAS functions via both the mouse and function keys both graphical style menus allow you a greater selection of interaction with OSAS and your data Both graphical style menus are available in a Windows environme
209. nd to close OSAS select Exit from the File Menu to close OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Graphical Style Menus Start Main Menu LED ET H uns A Be oki Fj ha Esp 090128501 e aj al e j F F F Fl SYSTEMS ING You can exit from a menu in these ways press the left arrow key to go to the previous menu one menu up e hold the mouse over a different menu item press the Tab key to go to the Main menu click the Close box in the upper right hand corner to close OSAS e use the Exit F7 command to close OSAS select Exit from the File Menu to close OSAS Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 19 Graphical Style Menus Introduction Special Commands in Graphical menus Right click to display the Special Commands menu which allows you to perform these special tasks From the standard menus add a function or menu to the Favorites menu e change to the Favorites menu change from live to sample data and vice versa e display information about a function perform special application setup From the Favorites menu e remove a function or menu change to the Main menu change from live to sample data and vice versa e display information about a function perform special application setup Menu Keys 1 20 Most keyboards have a set of function keys usually labeled with the letter F and a number In OSAS commands are assigned to these fun
210. nformation Press S to display information within a range Press F to change the definition of the field Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Top 10 Sales Reps Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 33 Top 10 Vendors Function The Top 10 Vendors dashboard provided a list of the top 10 vendors Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Top 10 Vendors An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 35 Top 10 Vendors Top 10 Vendors screen Gira de Fid ben r Top 10 Vundorm Versace Mates ELLIS ELESTRICAL SUPPLY THYHF3OH HERTTME CLEVELAHD INTERIOR IC BORIS COMSTRICTION CORPANT TIHBEBLAMF WSTHDEYR3 TRE DORON boo COMFIMT INC PLASTICS amp BETAL FABRICATORS HILLECHR LIEBER CABIRETS HEMFIEPIH MOKTCIFAL UTILITIES fm om im 5 Update Aecmic Global Setup Field Command Bar Definitions EIS Dashboa
211. ns the system recognizes This list is valuable if you are defining or editing functions and you need a hard copy for comparison Reports A sample Functions List is on page 8 62 Screen Use Screen Description Functions List Use the Functions List screen to select the functions and the amount of detail you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 59 Functions List Executive Information Summary Functions List Screen Gaig de Ein Bien r Functicea Lirt Pick Funerion Tb Tros ARAGEL Taru AFCST Frimk 1 Full tail b Bursary Only 1 boa Function stup Trea No Das put device F zintet p Rparios Fille coa E Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Function ID Enter the range of functions you want in the list Print To list the output and definitions for each function enter 1 To list only the ID and description for each function enter 2 Show function setup If you want the listing of each function to be broken down into types the setup types enter Y if not enter N 8 60 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Functions List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File
212. nt dialog box If you select YES the Windows Print dialog box appears when you print in OSAS with the sysprint device you are editing If you select YES you cannot select YES in the Setup field If you select NO for both the Setup and Dialog fields the system uses the Windows default printer Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 E 3 Printers for Windows References E 4 Defaults for the sysprint device are as follows Device Default Settings Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols Laser 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Laser Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Print Setup Laser Lines Per Page 63 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup Yes Dialog blank Windows Default Printer Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols Dot Matrix 132 Top Margin blank Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog blank Print Dialog Dot Matrix Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin blank Font blank Setup blank Dialog Yes Print Setup Dot Matrix Lines Per Page 66 Standard Cols 80 Compress Cols 132 Top Margin 5 Left Margin
213. nt only Much like the Text menu when you select an application in either graphical menu the application s menu presenting several related functions is displayed beside the Main menu Selecting a function leads you to a function screen or to another menu If you are using the Graphical menu click the appropriate button with the mouse to select an application from the Graphical menu To select a function from an application menu click the function s button with the mouse the same way as you do for an application If you choose the Start menu you can select applications from the Main menu in these ways Use the arrow keys and press Enter Click the selection Hold the mouse over the selection From any application menu you can select a button from the previous menu to move directly to that menu If you are several menu levels away from the Main menu you can return to the Main menu by clicking items on previous menus Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 17 Introduction Graphical Style Menus Be oi Fpa ha Esp Graphical Main Menu MEE A Sey Anden BHO 25sec Dua ar j H Buble Sapo EE EU Dia eh uka a SYSTEMS ING DPP YS TELA aasan naa qi cs You can exit from a Graphical menu in these ways select a button from a previous menu press the Tab key to go to the Main menu click the Close box in the upper right hand corner of the window to close OSAS use the Exit F7 comma
214. ntenance function 9 31 Form Codes function 6 47 screen 6 48 Form Printers function 6 51 screen 6 52 Forms Reorder Append Edit Line window 4 32 function 4 29 Header Information window 4 34 sample 4 36 screen 4 30 Forms Reorder Codes function 4 37 screen 4 38 Functions building I 1 function 8 35 predefined H 1 Functions List Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 function 8 59 sample 8 62 G General Information Inquiry function F 12 screen F 12 Global Dashboard Update function 8 19 Global Inquiry command F 9 window F 10 Global Inquiry Definitions Data Columns screen 6 31 function 6 23 General Information screen 6 26 Global Links screen 6 34 screen 6 24 Summary Fields screen 6 28 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report function 10 15 sample 10 18 screen 10 16 Global Inquiry Window List function 11 27 sample 11 30 screen 11 28 H Header Information window 4 34 Help Screens function 6 37 screen 6 38 Help Screens List function 11 19 sample 11 22 screen 11 20 I Inquiry Window Definitions function 6 15 6 19 screen 6 20 Inquiry Window Definitions List function 11 23 sample 11 26 screen 11 24 IX 3 K Keyboard function 2 7 screen 2 8 M Menu List function 11 3 sample 11 6 screen 11 4 Menus function 6 11 screen 6 12 messages A 1 N N command C 2 O Options and Interfaces function 3 13 Options screen 3 15 screen 3 14
215. nteoaz JOU TTTM TOpueA Y JT N 183UE ON zeque qou JT SHX z qu ssezppe ubTaIOJ e sey JOpUSA ayi JI ON zeque qou FT SHX 19qua ssezppe ubTaIOj e sey JOpUSA aya JI ON z qu jou Jt SHA 19que sserppe UbTSIOJ Ye sey TOpueA y JI s orouo ayy ybnozya TPPBo3 o3 v 6 S T sn UOTJEUWIOJFUT STOW 103 IeTnOITO Xe Te p j aya ses pequtad sa TITm qunoum seseyornd aqep oj reek y SISYM UIOJ ISIW 660T y uo z qumu xoq ay 07 spuodsa1109 1OJPOTPUT DT TJ SUL suorqo T s y usemzaq T Bo3 09 V 6 5 1 193U2 UOTJEUIOJFUT STOW 103 IETNOITO Xe Te p j aya ses pequtad eq TTIM Junoue seseyoind ejep 03 1es y siaym WIOI ISIW 6601 ay uo z qumu xoq ayy oq spuodsaxx09 10720Tput PTET auL ON 193ua Jou JT SHX Teque 3091109UT ST JSQUNU uoTJEOTJTJUSPT Xe s 10puea ay PY SJPS rzu3 3sed sy UT aotmy ueduoo zno p rjr3aou sey S0TAISS nu A N Teuz qul ey JI ON 183ue Jou JT SHX z qu 3081109UT ST JSQUNU UOTJEOTJTJUSPT Xe S JOPUSA aya JPY siee sary 3sed ayy UT DTM Aueduoo 1no petzt ou sey orA s SNUSASY Teurequr al 3 JI ON 193ua Jou JT SHX Teque 30911009UT ST JSQUNU UOTILOTJTIUSPT XP S TOPUeA aya Py SJ rzu3 sed sy 30M Aueduos ano pergTjou sey SOTAISS Snusasy TeureqUT ay 3 ur 3 JI 3x L dren cz pu etqedeg saunooov 9ETOO 98100 99100 99100 195700
216. nter a different description for the setup ID The ranges of types of information that are assigned to each setup ID are displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Setup Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the type you want to edit and press Enter Append Press A to add a type and range to the list Description Press D to change the description of the setup ID Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 33 Functions Features Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance menu to modify the definition of functions that retrieve and calculate information you eventually want to assign to a field and to modify the setup types description length and type associated with each function ID Reports To produce a list of the Information entered on the Functions screen use the Functions List function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Functions Use the Functions screen to modify the definition of functions Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 35 Functions Functions Screen Executive Information Summary inge Ld Ei Le Fire lon 13 besstiptise AF Open Irmice File Lad Totala Type Hurssr io Humzric Harz LE Hu sr to Humric Hurts LE Hur er i Humzic Hurts Le Wise
217. o a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 49 Master File Lists Options and Interfaces List Options and Interfaces List SHA SHA SHA ON SHA ON ON SHA SHA TIWLEC ON ON Aayus uorqoesue 3 JO TXB UO STeJO 8010J 07 Juem no og I qumu 30TOAUT SJEOTTdNP JT butuzem e moys 0 Quem nok og amp SQNIS yosyo zeded utetd esq amp 109STY eseyornd Areuums desy sxoeyo SUTTUO JO hHutqutazd MOTTV amp 109STY UT UOTIdTAOSSP TRUOTITPpe desy amp I70JUSAUT woaz SUOTJ TAOSSP TeuotyTppe doo amp SUOTIdTIOSSP TEUOTITPPP as Kaoqasru seuo znd TTeJop desy Areuums 10 TTe3 p UT SUOTIOPSULI 2504 amp UOTJETTTOUOOSY Yueg 0 SOPJISJUI 23809 qon 09 sorIISJUI amp 10JUSAU 07 SoPJISJUI I bp T Tez u 5 07 sorJISJUI 310day Jo puq 120 070 810 LTO 710 ETO cto TTO 600 L00 STO S00 00 T00 I abeg uotjdtzoseq ez pu STAP PF squnoaay 104 IST s oejz quI pue suotado Arddng szepttng zequny UOTIdO WY ZZ 01 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 50 System Messages xxCNVT LOG Error Log exists Press ANY KEY to continue The files you are trying to convert for an application have already been converted If you must convert the files agai
218. o paume 32 s problem ix fourd kppl Beaoription Verminn k pl besoriprion Versjon Field Definitions Field Name Description Directory on Which to Enter the number of the data directory where you want the Create Files new files to be created Application ID Enter the ID of the application whose files you want to create Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to exit to the Company Setup menu 3 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Conversion Features Use the Data File Conversion function on the Company Setup menu to convert data files from OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software version 3 2 or higher to the latest version Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Data File Conversion Use the Data File Conversion screen to select the directory for the converted files Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 9 Data File Conversion Company Setup Data File Conversion Screen Feie La Pot bjen Bete Film Comm BELEST OLPSSTOEY OG Shieh fo BESTE Files i Dia GO dar a 1 Entec directory thet contains the filer to Es converted Do poe want auuro Tiles exaped alter oomversjon Do yom want converrion to pausa sf s problem ix fourd kppl Beaoription Verminn inspl besoriprion Versjon Field Definitions Field Name Description Select directory on Accept the displayed data directory
219. o the left you must add the following configuration values in the config bbx file for the printer alias you are using These values let you shift to the right in 1 720 inch increments Follow these steps 1 Select DEVICES from the Workstation Configuration menu in Resource Manager 2 Edit the appropriate alias line and add 1B266C323255 at the end of the Standard or Compressed Print field Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Laser Alignment Notes The number 3232 is the hex code for 22 which moves everything to the right 22 720 of an inch If you need to move to the right more change the second and last numbers in 3232 because the three s are always constant For example if you want to move text farther to the right you could try 25 The hex code would change to 3235 In hex each number is represented by 3 and then the number so 2 32 and 5 35 Up and Down Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Top Margin field on the alias line to shift print For example your Top Margin setting is 5 To move down increase the number 54 To move up decrease the number 46 A 1 4 character shift would be approximately 04 added to or subtracted from id Direct printing in OSAS for Windows or UNIX Moving text to the left You cannot move text up Moving text down To move lines down you must add the following configuratio
220. ocation ID Bank ID EIS Dashboard Screen Pages Printer User ID Bitmap Image Print File Sort File Description If you chose the Start style graphical menu the delay value is used to regulate how quickly the menu responds to mouse movements The default delay value is 1 but you can increase this value 1 9 if your menu behaves erratically Enter the ID of the default location for the workstation Enter the ID of the bank that is the default for the workstation Enter the default EIS Dashboard for the workstation Enter the maximum number of pages you want to store in memory from a report that is displayed on the screen The system default is 5 screen pages Enter the name of the default printer You can also enter the BB device name such as LP or PO Enter the ID that you want to be associated with the workstation Enter the name of a bitmapped image to use as a background for your graphical menu If you do not specify a bitmap name the system will use the default OSAS BMP which is installed with Resource Manager Enter the subdirectory where you want your reports to be filed Enter the subdirectory where you want sorted files created by OSAS to be stored Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 27 Defaults Workstation Configuration Field Name Description PDF Viewer If you want to be able to access the online documentation using the Shift F1 function key you must enter the path where the A
221. od and the beginning date of the next period Change the dates of the periods Cannot change this option Change option xxxxxxxx to XXXXXXXXX You must change the option in the message before you can change the option you are working with Cannot find terminal type The terminal type or termcap entry you specified is not in the termcap file Enter a different terminal type Cannot open print device device name The printer you specified cannot be accessed now Make sure that the printer is online If you want to quit without printing press Ctrl Break Cannot rebuild this type of file You cannot use the Rebuild Verify function for the file you selected Cannot Perform Calculations With Strings A string is a set of literal characters within quotation marks You cannot use string variables in a formula for example SALES F1 1 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A 3 System Messages References Changing the column length may alter the display of data If you change the column length the data will be reorganized to fit that column length which may produce undesirable results Changing the number of columns may alter the display of data If you change the number of columns that data will be reorganized into the number of columns you specified which may produce undesirable results Column must be between 1 and 78 The position of the column must be in the range through 78 Enter a number in this range
222. olumns in the table is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Maintenance Application Tables Field Name Description Type The type of character you can enter in the table is displayed alphanumeric or numeric Parameter Accept the displayed parameter or enter a different parameter Application Accept each displayed application ID or enter a different ID on the appropriate line Window Accept each displayed window ID or enter a different ID on the appropriate line Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Data File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 13 Change File Size Features Use the Change File Size function on the Data File Maintenance menu to create a new file and copy the data from the old file into it During this process you can determine the type of file to create the number of records it contains and the size of the records in the file Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Change File Size Use the Change File Size screen to create or change a file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 15 Change File Size Data File Maintenance Change File Size Screen A SAS Timi Faig Dat Pew bjp Change File Size rense nC Imaccriptson DATA File Tntorsar ica sral File Informar ion Fi lens
223. omer ID or vendor ID When you enter the customer or vendor ID you can use the gt and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 35 Function Commands Introduction Key Shift F5 Detail Lookup Shift F6 Lot Item Lookup Shift F7 Serial Number Item Lookup Shift F8 Item Description Lookup Report Commands 1 36 Operation Search for detailed information about an item You can enter search information in any of the fields that appear using any of the following wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search lt gt Search for an item based on lot number When you enter the lot number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on serial number When you enter the serial number you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search Search for an item based on item description When you enter the description you can use the and wildcard characters to restrict or widen the search You can use the following commands when a report is displayed on the screen Key PgUp PgDn Home End F7 Exit Left Arrow Right Arrow Tab Toggle Operation Move to the previous page of the report Move to the next page of the report Move directly to the top of a group of pages Move directly to the bottom of
224. on Enter the ID of the Global Inquiry window you want to define or change Accept the title of the displayed window or enter a different title Enter the name of the central file for the window If the file is company specific put a lowercase x after the name of the file Accept the displayed topic number or enter a different topic number to use for the data file you specified Accept the displayed file number or enter the file number to use for the data file you specified Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Field Name Flds Key Key Len Inclusion Mask Begin Length Exclusion Mask Begin Length Label Position Length Global Inquiry Definitions Description Accept the displayed number of fields or enter the number of fields that the file you specified holds Enter the key number that you want to use for the data files you selected Accept the displayed number or enter the length of the key number associated with the selected data file Enter the position of the key where the segment of the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the label that identifies the key segment to be entered when you use the Search Insert command or leave the field blank to disable the Search command Enter the position in the key numb
225. on Setup Slave On Slave Off Standard Print Description Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer skip to the top of the next page Enter the font you wish to print your reports in Enter the amount of offset you want for the left margin Enter the hexadecimal code that makes the printer move to the next line without a carriage return Enter the maximum number of lines you can print per page If your system has a printer locking mechanism or if you have a single user system skip this field If your system does not have a printer locking mechanism enter the name of a file that will be created on the disk when the printer is being used Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before a job is sent to the printer If your system is using Windows you may select YES to have a dialog box appear when you print your reports With the dialog box depending on the printer driver you can select amount of copies per page printer choices print formats and page layout Selecting NO will allow you to default your printing job Slave printers are attached to one terminal and can be used from other workstations on the system This feature is not available with some operating systems To communicate with slave printers the system may need to send hexadecimal codes before and after the text Enter the hexadecimal codes to be sent to the printer before the text Enter the hexadecimal codes to be s
226. on on the Workstation Configuration menu to customize the function and editing keys for your workstation and to copy a keyboard layout to another workstation or set of workstations Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Keyboard Use the Keyboard screen to customize the function and editing keys for your workstation Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 7 Keyboard Workstation Configuration Keyboard Screen Z OSAS T000 oy x Settings Edit Print Help Keyboard Workstation TOOO Copy To Ex Description Type Default Key Label User Label Fi Fi F2 F2 F3 F3 F4 F4 FS FS F6 F6 F F Help Screen Esc Inquiry Screen Esc Delete Screen Esc Other Commands Screen Esc Abandon Screen Esc Maintenance Screen Esc Exit Screen Esc List Screen Esc F8 F8 Undo Edit Esc F9 F9 Delete to EOL Edit ctrl Zz F10 Unmapped Key Screen Esc SHIFT F1 Information Screen Esc SHIFT F2 Unmapped Key Screen Esc SHIFT F3 Unmapped Key Screen Esc SHIFT F4 G t gt O 92 x OWH Enter ALL to copy to all workstations Company H Inquiry Field Definitions Field Name Description Workstation Enter the ID of the workstation whose keyboard you want to edit Copy From This field appears if you entered a new workstation ID Enter the ID of the workstation you want to copy the keyboard functions from 2 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Keyboard
227. once or click on a tool button for the function desired Pictured below are the OSAS pull down menu and tool buttons 21 T000 OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Favorites Other Help 439 File Tools gjen Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 21 Graphical Style Menus Introduction File Menu MES Tools Favorites Other Help Access code lt F4 gt Sample data set lt F5 gt Workstation date lt F6 gt Exit lt F7 gt Tool Command Ke Result Button y Access code F4 Displays the Access Code dialog box See Access Code dialog box below Sample data set F5 Toggles between the sample data and or Live data set the live data Workstation date F6 Displays the Workstation Date mul dialog box See Workstation Date dialog box below Exit F7 Exits from OSAS Access Code dialog box 1 Enter the access code 2 Click OK to save your entry and return to the Main menu or Exit to abandon the dialog box and return to the Main menu 1 22 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Graphical Style Menus Workstation Date dialog box 1 Enter the date or use the up down buttons to increase or decrease the date 2 Select OK to change the workstation date System Date to change the workstation date to match the operating system date Abandon to exit without changing the date or Exit to return to the Main menu Tools Menu File Favorites Other Help E Calculator F3
228. or enter the number of the which to create files data directory where you want the converted files to be created Enter directory that Enter the name of the directory that contains the files you want contains the files to be to convert converted Do you want source files If you want the source files to be erased after they are erased after conversion converted enter Y if not enter N Do you want conversion If you want the conversion to pause when problems arise to pause if a problemis enter Y if not enter N found 3 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Setup Data File Conversion Field Name Description Appl Enter the ID of the application to be converted Description The application description is displayed Version Enter the version number of the application to be converted xxData files exist Do Enter Y to erase the existing files or N to change your entries you want this task to erase them Do you want a printout If you want an error log to be printed after each application is of the error log after converted enter Y if not enter N each application Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to begin the conversion process and exit to the Company Setup menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 11 Options and Interfaces Features Use the Options and Interfaces function on the Company Setup menu to determine
229. ord Enter a larger record length Error opening the SYSGUI channel please check and make sure you have setup the X0 Device in your config bbx file You will get this error if you select a GUI menu and you have not setup X0 SYSGUI in your config bbx file Enter the following line into your config bbx file alias XO SYSGUI File cannot be locked You cannot rebuild or verify the file you selected because the file is open at another workstation Field ID Is Not on File Field ID 7 Not Found The field you entered is not on file Enter a field that is on file or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a field To define a field use the Field Definitions function A 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Field is Invalid The field is not valid because you entered a function incorrectly in the math editor It recognizes functions in the format Fn m Field Is Not Defined As Numeric The function you are assigning to the field ID returns alphanumeric values The display mask accepts numbers only Change the display mask or use a function that returns numeric values Field Setup Not Defined You cannot assign setup types to a field whose setup ID is not defined You might have made a typographical error when you assigned the setup ID to a field Enter the field ID in the Field Definitions function and enter an existing setup ID use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select an
230. ore processing a group of characters Enter an operating system command that the system will execute before using the terminal Enter an operating system command to reset the terminal when the job is finished Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Header Done Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Press H to enter a new system device name Press D to return to the Devices screen when you are finished making changes To save your changes and exit to the Devices screen use the Done D command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 2 19 Devices Workstation Configuration Devices Plotters Screen FI OSAS T000 olx Settings Edit Print Help Devices Plotters BBx Device Name D2 System Device Name Waw wawa Device Type Device Mode Value Mode Font 1 Font 2 Font 3 Slave On Slave Off Initialization Termination Field Definitions Field Name Description BBx Device Name Enter the device name Copy From This field appears if you entered a new device name Enter the name of the device whose settings you want to copy System Device Name Enter the system device name Device Type Select the device type from the inquiry window Mode If your graphics device supports multiple modes of operation enter a mode number Font1 Font2 Font3 Enter the names of one to three files that contain fonts the
231. ore you used this command the change is lost when you move the cursor up Tf verification is turned on you must press a key twice to verify that you want to perform that operation Tf the bell is turned on it sounds at an error or when you must verify a command To turn off the bell use this command or the Defaults function in chapter 3 To turn the bell back on use this command again Tf this option is turned off the cursor stops at every field possible To make the cursor skip the fields that do not require an entry use this command to turn the option on Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Function Commands Key Operation Ctrl O Tf this option is turned on the applicable function keys are Show hide function displayed on the screen If this option is turned off no keys are keys displayed Help Commands When you use the Help F1 command three commands become available for you to use on help screens Key Operation F3 Delete the help screen contents Delete To recover a deleted help screen copy the xxHELP file from the distribution media to the PROGxx subdirectory xx is the application ID The copying process overwrites changes you made to other help screens F6 Edit a help screen Maintenance F7 Exit from the help screen and close the window Exit In Field Editing Commands When the cursor is in a field that contains information you can use the following keys and commands
232. orkstation Configuration Defaults Screen Gating de Ein Ep ilt M r kamar Lon Ti Copy Ta Toggle Da ta _ lt v FP Birt Dil to BELL Ler Lye LISE DATA List i 2001 PUM TIONG Lich use VERIFY EXIT Trapt ivs VERIFT PG Iragt ivs RENT STYLE Tax INSERT Tractiva COMFRESSED Irmctiva WELET VELTE QUICE Lian Lues CMLIHE HELP Drac LE SHELL Tr r ive BAER FALSE Trade ivs SHELL ES Iractiva FARTOGITES Tract ive ALLEM EXIT Inmet ive GOFTELGHT3 Iraq r ve Field DuZmulcm Laman ion 13 ZEEE Fage gt Bank Eb Printer EIS Seshbcard Daec II Bitmap Irmige r Diregtorcy Pefaulrea Print Fils Sort File kororesd Pach Field Definitions Field Name Description Workstation Enter the ID of the workstation whose defaults you want to work with Copy From This field appears if you entered a new workstation ID Enter the ID of the workstation you want to copy the default settings from Copy To Enter the workstation ID you want to copy the default settings to or enter ALL to copy the default settings to all workstations BELL If you want the computer to beep during verification of commands such as Exit F7 Abandon F5 and Proceed PgDn press A if not press I 2 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Name VERIFY EXIT INSERT QUICK SHELL SHELL CS ALLOW EXIT COPYRIGHTS Description If you want to confirm the Exit F7 and
233. orkstation Configuration Field Name Description LIVE DATA If you want to use OSAS with live data files press A You can still toggle to the sample data path by pressing F5 at the Main menus If you want use OSAS with sample data only press L VERIFY PGDN If you want to confirm the Proceed PgDn command by issuing the command a second time press A if not press I COMPRESSED If you want to be able to select compressed screen printing press A If you never use compressed print or if your workstation does not support it press I ONLINE HELP If you want the function keys and the functions they represent to appear at the bottom of the screen press A if not press I BANNER PAGE If you want to print a banner page that shows the pick screen of each report press A if not press I FAVORITES If you want to start OSAS using the Favorites menu press A if you want to start OSAS using the main menu press I The next three options are available only on Windows workstations Field Name Description GUI FUNCTIONS If you want to use Windows graphical screens whenever they are available press A if not press I MENU STYLE Choose one of these options for the type of menu you want to use on this workstation T traditional text based menu G panelled graphical menu S Start style graphical menu 2 26 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Workstation Configuration Defaults Field Name DELAY VALUE L
234. ort Use the Field History Report screen to select the fields dates and times you want in the report Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 15 Field History Executive Information Summary Field History Report Screen E USA5 1000 BEG Feige de Ein bee r EIS Purbboesrd History Report Pick Dashboard Tran FEW LL Ticu TASEFLIF Dare Time Fite 7 30r 1988 18847 Tru 13390 1539 Qa put device F zintet gifj rtev Flile corea i x Field Definitions Field Name Description Field ID Enter the ID of the field whose history report you want to produce Pick Date Time Enter the range of dates and times you want in the report 8 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Field History Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Select S to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 17 Executive Information Summary Field History Field History Report I abeg xxx MOdey JO PUE xxx 6 976 667 OT 0E 8T 666T 0E TT 6 976 667 TT h LT 666T TE OT 6 976 667 vT Lp 8T 6661 0 60 aNTEA uTL qeq soueteg etgedeg squnoooy Tudav qiodey 10ISTH PISTA WY 09 0T Arddns szepttng 666T L0 80
235. os Fepsact Suggestion From PA Thc BA bare Enrearsd From Thru utp device Flcintaz p R avis fille Bh ng Field Definitions Field Name Description Suggestion Enter the range of suggestions you want in the report Date Entered Enter the range of dates of the product suggestions that you want in the report 10 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Reports Product Suggestions Report Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Select to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 9 Reports Product Suggestions Report Product Suggestions Report sqzodez uo GI 19SN A10MJ9U MOUS 4 3915 6pT 6Z8 Z19 xed TT00 628 219 SUOUd 6661 20 60 PperyTuans s3eq S000 uot 4sebbns 6bT 678 719 4 XW qaodey uotysebbns yonporg abea Arddng szepttng UOTIATIDSIA suorqeorTdde ITV u93 1 NU 0 9 34 uOTSI A We UOT JEOTTddy Dress NW STITeid USpa Kemyzeq 359M AITO LLP9 Arddns s eptrng q p q3ruqns ELLE PPESS NW STITEI4 U DH SAT q Tbuer 3 u pToS 9Z9L ONI SWHISAS NAdO suoTssbbns qonpoid NLIV OL UNAS NY TZ 6 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 10 Error Log
236. ou want in the list Print Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want the list to include each type of information about the windows 11 28 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Global Inquiry Window List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 29 Master File Lists Global Inquiry Window List Global Inquiry Window List uT 9995 Pld L00 L00 800 ZTO 00 900 L20 XA RAN XHAdV XA 6S Er 44 l 80 10 E5 70 0 70 25 10 82 10 3s L P10034 uoTITsog YIBUST 91895 TeA sod pTa Aq euTjeq dy uorsnToxH qI MOPUTM uoradr3aos q syurT Artnbul TeqoT quy predsaa yunouy AUT 32321 ON Od ON AUT ad l Her SDUTDESH UUNTOD STO 00 eH HE z 0 IW dvdd L L00 OO date HH HH RR T pT TT 9 700 0 HIWA HOIOANI S 800 TOO 00 I 0 ON O d F 800 600 00 I 0 ON HOIOANI 200 0 z 0 HdAL NVYL Z 700 T00 TOO 7 0 ON NWL T u T 2139 PTA ASPN d r eTNUIOJ SUEN spT ra PIET 800 00 tHHHHHHHHHE GLA yorng Z GLA Houna ana L S 800 SUN T 0 ANUN P 800 00 EHH eng qunouy Z ana AV ANEL 800 IG young 3s T JIYA Han
237. our dealer s company name Enter the name of your contact person at the dealer Enter your dealer s phone number Enter your dealer s fax number Enter the dealer s site number You can enter two notes Enter your site number Enter the United States or Canadian phone number you call for technical support Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Support Information Field Name Description Online If you have online help available and you want to display the command for the service vendor enter the Information Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 57 User Login Activity Features Use the User Login Activity function on the Information Inquiry menu to view which OSAS functions are in use and the last menu option accessed by users Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description User Login Activity Use the User Login Activity screen to view OSAS user activity and select how you want the information to be displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 59 User Login Activity System File Maintenance User Login Activity eas Mn Faig Dat Pent bial Umur Login Activity User ID fet AP Beni eleccion Tiie bare E Tod Izicei from ad 001374 00 76 5990
238. our working capital is high Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 G 1 Common Ratios References Current ratio is a measure of your ability to meet current liabilities as they fall due It is expressed as the amount of working capital divided by the amount of liability If your ratio is too low you lack liquidity If it is too high you are probably not getting the best return available Quick ratio 1s a measure of your ability to pay bills without relying on reducing inventories through sales It is expressed as financial assets that can be readily turned to cash divided by current liabilities Days receivables is the average number of days it takes you to collect your receipts once you have issued the bill Number of inventory turns is the number of times in a year your inventory turns over For example if you have 100 000 of product in inventory the number 6 means that you sold 600 000 of product during the year Debt to equity ratio is a measure of your business s basic financial strength It is expressed as the amount of liabilities divided by the amount of equity Debt to asset ratio is expressed as the amount you owe divided by the amount of assets your business employs Return on equity is expressed as net income divided by net worth Return on assets ROA is the return on assets employed It is expressed as the profit minus the amount invested in assets Return on investment ROI is the return on the investm
239. p Restore Application Tables Change File Size View File Contents File Rebuild Verify Purge Data Records Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 3 5 7 5 11 5 15 5 19 5 23 5 27 5 1 Backup Features Use the Backup function on the Data File Maintenance menu to back up your data files before using critical functions and to make regular backup or archived copies of your data files programs and Report Writer data files Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Backup Use the Backup screen to make your backup selections Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 5 3 Backup Data File Maintenance Backup Screen Fl SAS Timi Backup hacias Comgeny TR From pplicetion Frrgrurmm Thru 1 z Applasceanlon Paca Files 1 Report Writer pars Files 1 Field Definitions Field Name Description Backup Select what you want to back up application programs application data files or Report Writer files Company ID Enter the range of companies whose data files you want to back up Backup Device Select a backup device floppy or tape Directories The names of the directories appear in the lower part of the screen You need a set of backup diskettes for each directory that is listed 5 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Data File Maintenance Backup Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed
240. plissesisn AB Beau APOG Titis Daily Vart Lime PESEL Tepe PEO Para amp Y Tranaapr icum a AFENTEHT k Dz Copr Recurring Entr imr 1 kPFZE Le Purchases Jolie ral 3 APPR K EH Hiaoellateaus Debita Jowrnal AFF F os Daily Salaa Tex Fupurt 3 APTA Of Past Thatch on 1 APPST GT OG cu ji 11 pE 44 18 Entec edit Hove Copy Trap Unique Title Feibe Field Definitions 6 12 Field Name Application Menu Title Line Description System File Maintenance Menur Description Enter the ID of the application whose menus you want to change leave the field blank to edit a company s Main menu or enter OS to change the Other Commands menu which is displayed when you use the Other F4 command Enter the name of the menu you want to change Enter the title for the menu The number of the line on the menu item is displayed Enter the description you want on the menu It can be the name of another menu a function or a descriptive line Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Menus Field Name Description Type Enter one of these codes to indicate what type of line it is SAAN Q bo OS II comment descriptive information only menu file uses different menu file when selected menu record uses different menu file from the current file run executes an application program call executes a public program scall executes an operating system command info
241. ply to a particular application and sets the option switch of another application to the same value xxTB General Table The xxTB file stores information that is relevant to each application For example the general table records contain information such as the table ID number of columns table type and table data xxWIND Window Definition The xxWIND file stores information needed to display an inquiry window The information from this file is then used by GENWIND PUB to create an inquiry window B 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References File Descriptions CNVTLOG Conversion Log The CNVTLOG file stores the errors that occurred during conversion EIFDDTA Field Definition Data file The EIFDDTA file stores the field IDs and descriptions It also stores the functions and setup records needed to generate each field Each field ID corresponds to a field value in the EIVAL file EIFDHDR Field Definition Header file The EIFDHDR file stores each field s ID mask description and math formula It also stores the value date and time terminal and error type of the field s last calculation This information is displayed when you use the View command on the EIS Dashboard You can use the Field Definitions function to change the ID mask description and math formula EIFUDTA Function Data file The EIFUDTA file stores each value returned by a function A function can return several values Use the Recalc or Glob
242. port Writer report Program Enter the program name menu filename menu record name or operating system command to execute or if you selected type 0 press Enter Param Enter a parameter for the menu selection If you selected type 0 for the line or if you do not need a parameter press Enter Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 17 Favorites Menus System File Maintenance Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the line you want to edit and press Enter Move Press M to move the line to a new location Copy Press C to copy the line to another line Swap Press S to swap the position of a line with another line Unique Press U to create or remove unique menu items Title Press T to go back to the Title field Write Press W to write save the line you changed Saving and Exiting To save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu use the Write W command followed by the Exit F7 command 6 18 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Inquiry Window Definitions Features Use the Inquiry Window Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to maintain the windows that appear when you use the Inquiry F2 command Although the inquiry windows are already set up for you you can change the size of the window modify data and headings or add a window Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Inquiry Win
243. quiry Window Definitions Field Name Key Number Start Col Start Row Total Col Total Row Inc Beg Len Exc Beg Len Return No Data Name Typ Description Enter a sort key number for the filename you entered in the File Name field Enter the number that corresponds to the screen column where you want the window to start Enter the number that corresponds to the screen row where you want the window to start Enter the number of screen columns in the width of the window The starting column plus the number of screen columns you enter must be less than 80 Enter the number of screen rows in the length of the window The length of the window plus the starting row must be less than 25 Enter the position of the key where the inclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the inclusion mask Enter the position of the key where the exclusion mask begins Then enter the length of the exclusion mask Enter the number of the data name you want to return to the calling program If you are using a Report Writer topic number enter the data name as it appears in the dictionary for the topic You can enter only a file definition type or a noncross referenced math definition type If you are not using a Report Writer topic number enter a name for the field for reference only Enter the data type for the Data Name field 1 to display characters 2 to display numbers 3 to display dates 4 to display telephone n
244. r in other applications Some applications may have fields that override the numeric masks you assign in this function Refer to the user s manual for the application if you suspect that a field is not using the masks you set up here Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Company Information Use the Company Information screen to enter or change information for a company Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 3 Company Information Company Setup Company Information Screen A SAS 1000 Company Information Compary ID E Dataulta Hare Location LD poi Jia bt Addressee i 2142 Prace Prive bank TI FURE Addraas Z EIEN Shakopee Masak Hime GE Bicep le irata EH Tree Deir ln Giep lar zip 23344 370327 Counts p a OU key Dollars 2 SS O Air TH Costa i GOD R95 Ts Phora ELZ 341 7425 If Prices 4 50520 F A ESE im r iya 1 95555999 5599 Paces ee Grid Gace Eamk E Ui wm dal yyy Bouras 1 DRAAD a Time Haak gr 12 Field Definitions 3 4 Field Name Company ID Copy From Name Address 1 Address 2 City Hour Ihb zm ARPA Cr Limita L 2257723233773 Description The ID of the company you selected at the menu is displayed Accept it or enter a different company ID using one to three numbers and uppercase letters You can delete a company from the system only if there are no data files for it This field appears if you entered a new
245. r they do not Models labeled for Windows have better success but there is no way to control how forms print Test your situation before ordering laser forms Call Open Systems Forms Division at 1 800 994 OPEN for sample forms Continuous Forms When you print forms less than 11 inches in length such as checks or invoices through sysprint we recommend you turn off alignment mark printing Printing the alignment mark requires opening and closing the printer which triggers a form feed through Windows causing forms to misalign To turn the alignment mark off use Resource Manager s Form Codes function D 4 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Printers for Windows Devices You can use the Devices function on the Resource Manager Workstation Configuration menu to set up other devices that OSAS uses If you are reinstalling OSAS Resource Manager you must set up the sysprint devices you want to use If you reinstall OSAS Resource Manager and use the Custom Install option do not reinstall the system files The system defaults work with all Open Systems forms When you select the Full Install option and select Devices the following screen appears Dari can all Jr ILIE alias FF FILE Feont film LP 0p0i TILE FRIHT TO alimo LFL syspris aliar FDL avsprist ulimr FSL syaprint aliar LER syrprist alias FOR waysprice F sr Jufmult Printer L int Fimlag Lamar 11 gt Setup Laser LOW Fi B
246. ransaction history This file is cleared when you use the Purge Transaction History function PMMENxxx Login Activity The PMMENxxx file stores user login activity PMOPTxxx Parameter The PMOPTxxx file stores the parameter defaults you enter in the Parameter Maintenance function PMQUExxx Active The PMQUExxx file stores active print jobs PMSIZxxx Form Class The PMSIZxxx file stores the form classes you set up in the Form Classes function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 9 File Descriptions References RMCDxxx Tax Class Code The RMCDxxx file stores tax classes and descriptions When you set up tax locations you assign a percentage and other information to each tax class The file is set up through the Tax Classes function The RMCDxxx file is used only by Accounts Receivable but is stored in Resource Manager so that it can be of future use to other applications RMDEVDEF Device Definitions The RMDEVDEF file stores sample device names that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMDRVDEF Driver Definitions The RMDRVDEFF file stores terminal and plotter driver filenames that are used as an inquiry window during device maintenance RMGIDEF Global Inquiry Definitions The RMGIDFF file stores information and filenames that are used as an inquiry window during global inquiries RMPRNDEF Printer Definitions The RMPRNDEF file stores the default printer definitions that are used as
247. rce Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 7 Other Commands References Field Version Menu Item Status Last Modified Description Description Enter the version number of the application 5 21 6 05 etc Enter the name of the menu item you want to make a suggestion for The cursor moves to this field when you enter the number of a suggestion you want to recall If the suggestion has not been printed N is displayed If the suggestion has been printed Y is displayed You can change the print status of the current suggestion The last creation and or last edit date of the current suggestion is displayed Enter the description of the suggestion When you have finished creating or editing a suggestion use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Main menu Applications Options Inquiry Use the Applications Options Inquiry utility to view the options for any application Select Applications Options Inquiry from the Other Commands menu After you enter the application ID the options and interfaces selected for the application appear When you are finished viewing the information press any key to continue F 8 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands Global Inquiry Use the Global Inquiry command from the Other Commands menu to gather information from all the OSAS files and applications with a common field To produce a list of the windows use the
248. rds Puckchases YTP BID 3549 90 roe ASL SE 07 Rin 14 177 208 74 161 902 57 77 454 74 52 339 05 15 208 15 11 20 14 5 830 00 View Edit Lomd Mistory Command Description Update Press U to update the information in the fields when used on a network Recalc Press R to recalculate a field so that you have the latest information Global Press G to recalculate all the fields on the screen for the latest information Setup Press S to display information within a range Field Press F to change the definition of the field View Press V to view information about how the highlighted field was built and what values it was designed to produce 7 36 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 EIS Dashboards Top 10 Vendors Command Description Edit Press E to reconfigure the EIS Dashboard you are on Load Press L to load a different EIS Dashboard History Press H to display the EIS Dashboard using saved field history from a different date Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the EIS Dashboard menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 37 Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard EIS Dashboard EIS Reports Dashboard Dashboard History Field History EIS Periodic Maintenance Global Dashboard Update Purge Dashboard History EIS File Maintenance Field Definitions Setup Functions Access Codes Dashboard Editor Tables EIS Master File List S
249. re on your system and their installation information Reports A sample Application Information List is on page 11 14 Screen Use Screen Description Application Information Use the Application Information List screen to select the List applications you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 11 Application Information List Master File Lists Application Information List Screen P ISAS Tina BEE Rara Dat Pert bein Applicetises Iniccmation List Applicatica From AF Mra AFP Jutput rico Fristat plfievier File 5 cromo By ma Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want in the list 11 12 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Application Information List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 13 Master File Lists Application Information List Application Information List uoN XN wuv6ozd svso 2 6661 92 80 ON S0 9 STAPLATIDIH SJUNOODYV uoN XHAdY davboad Ssvso 9 6661 92 80 ON 50 9 atTqedeg saunooov
250. ription The label is displayed The window ID is displayed How the screen is defined is displayed The field position value is displayed The beginning position is displayed The length is displayed The key position is displayed The switch output appearance is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Switch Label Window ID Define by Fld Pos Val Start Length Position in Key Description Accept the label that is displayed for the Global Inquiry link or enter a different label Accept the displayed window ID or enter the ID you want to link the window to Enter FIL if the segment to be sent is in the central file Enter LIN if the segment is defined as a field in the data section of the window Enter SUM if the segment is defined as a field in the summary section of the window Enter VAL if a user defined literal value is to be sent Enter the position of the field in the file list to be accessed Enter the first character position in the field that you want to send to the next window Enter the length of the field Enter the position that the data segment being sent is to occupy in the key used in the connecting window Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu Resource Ma
251. rmation correctly What does the word Global mean On an EIS Dashboard the Global command recalculates the fields on only the current EIS Dashboard The Global Dashboard Update function recalculates all the fields in the system What is the difference between the Recalc and Global commands Use the Recalc command to recalculate the value only in the highlighted field Use the Global command to recalculate all the values on the EIS Dashboard How do I select two noncontiguous accounts from a file Enter two ranges in the setup ID one for only the first account and another for only the second account How often is the Field History file updated History data is stored when you run the Global Dashboard Update function with the Save History flag set to YES How can I rename an EIS Dashboard You can load the EIS Dashboard in the EIS Dashboard Editor function and save it as a different screen ID If you do not want the screen to be labeled under the original screen ID use the Delete Screen command in the EIS Dashboard Editor function to remove it Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Common Questions How can I find out the last time a field was recalculated Move the cursor to the field on the EIS Dashboard and use the View command The date and time the field was last calculated is displayed on the View screen The terminal ID of the workstation where it was recalculated is also displayed How can I change the d
252. rt Information F 14 User Comments F 15 IX 5 V version compatibility matrix J 1 View File Contents function 5 19 screen 5 20 View Line window 4 12 x xxAPPL TXT file B 1 xxDATA file B 1 xxFILES TXT file B 1 xxFRST TXT file B 1 xxHELP file B 1 xxLABEL TXT file B 1 xxLAST TXT file B 2 xxMN file B 2 xxMSG file B 2 xxOI file B 2 xxSWCH file B 2 xxTB file B 2 xxWIND file B 2 IX 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05
253. ru T 5 4 int Br L Cuuntri Code Country Hawe Output device EFhrizkec p F evier CFhilg 5 cromo By za Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Enter the range of country codes and country names you want in the list Print By Select the option by which you want to organize the list 11 36 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Country Codes List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 37 Master File Lists Country Codes List Country Codes List q10dex Jo pug VEnNEv MY VITVYLSNV NY VIALIS IV VNILNYDYV sv VIODNV ov SATIIINY IN NY WITINONY IV VNDILNV DV vn av auen x3uno apo apoy Azjunog Ag ISTT sapoy AzqunoD WY Gr OI I abeg Atddns szepttng 6661 92 80 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 38 Tax Locations List Features The Tax Locations List shows the tax locations and tax authorities that are on your system The list also identifies the sales and tax collected for each tax class in each tax location Reports A sample Tax Locations List is on page 11 42 Screen Use Screen Description Ta
254. ry command and the number of windows you accessed As explained above the number 001002 provides two details you have used the Global Inquiry command only once 001 and this window was the second window you accessed during the usage of the Global Inquiry command Therefore 001002 indicates the second window you accessed during your first usage of the Global Inquiry command Had you used the Global Inquiry command to select the Payroll option in window 7 the sequence number of the window that appeared would be 002001 Every time you enter Global Inquiry the numbering starts at 001001 regardless of the sequence numbers the window had before If you access more than 999 windows under the same use of Global Inquiry for example the first use the counter turns back to 001000 If you use the Global Inquiry command more than 999 times before exiting for example at the first window the sequence number becomes 000001 To exit from Global Inquiry at any point use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 11 Other Commands References General Information Inquiry F 12 Use the General Information Inquiry function to view information from the Accounts Receivable Accounts Payable Sales Order Purchase Order and Payroll applications Depending on which applications are installed you can view information about vendors customers and employees Select General Information Inquiry from the Other Commands menu
255. ry transaction entries by date and transaction type Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Transaction History Use the Purge Transaction History screen to enter the type of transaction history you want to delete and the date before which you want it deleted Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 31 Purge Report History Print Manager Purge Transaction History B isas riia Faig DS Pot belo Prirt ta Fila PF Archived AR Print IEim LELIVE Jis PG Femoresd from iocive Que Ag Print from Archive File FA Merced from Archive File HA Burge Transsasion T L Purge Transactions Jared Prior t Field Definitions Field Name Purge Transaction Type Purge Transactions Dated Prior To Fucge Transaction Hiztocy Description From the displayed list enter the code for the transaction type you want to delete Enter the date before which you want transaction history purged Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting After the transactions have been purged the File Maintenance menu appears 9 32 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Reports Data File Allocation Report 10 3 Product Suggestions Report 10 7 Error Log 10 11 Global Inquiry Window Audit Report 10 15 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 10 1 Data File Allocation Report Features The Data File Allocation Report provides a list of the d
256. s OSCN Country The OSCN file stores such information about countries as the country code and the name of the country OSCNVT Conversion The OSCNVT file is used to compare the new application conversion and data files with the current application files This file is used to determine what version is on the system OSCNVT HDR Conversion Header The OSCNVT HDR files stores general conversion information OSCODE Access Codes The OSCODE file stores such access code information as the access name menu type program menu parameter and access code for each user If no access code exists for a company all the menu selections are valid If an access code exists for a company the information is stored in the OSCODE file Set up access codes through the Access Codes function OSCOMP Company The OSCOMP file stores the company names addresses and numeric mask defaults associated with company IDs Each time a new company ID is defined in the Company Information function a record is added to this file OSCOPR Copyrights Messages The OSCOPR file stores copyright messages for applications enhancements and add ons OSDE Device Setup The OSDE file stores information needed to construct a maintenance screen for the Devices function B 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References File Descriptions OSDF Workstation Defaults The OSDF file holds information about the default values used for each workstation toggle
257. s backup and restore commands form codes forms printer definitions and support information You can also view the locations of other OSAS users through the User Login Activity function EIS Dashboards The EIS Dashboards menu allows you to view summarized accounting information on convenient screens called dashboards The dashboards show data from many different applications for one or more companies Executive Information Summary The EIS functions allow you to set up various dashboards and fields recalculate results for various dashboards maintain files and print file lists Print Manager Use Print Manager to search reports printed to file for specific information or general inquiries Print Manager allows you to control printing queues and maintain saved and archived files 1 6 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Introduction Resource Manager Overview Reports Use the Reports functions to audit the amount of disk space your data files occupy and to print product suggestions error logs and global inquiry window definitions Master File Lists Use the Master File Lists functions to print lists of information that you set up in other Resource Manager functions These lists are useful if you are planning to make changes want to add information or keep a record of information that is on your system Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 7 Conventions Your manual will help you to install OSAS on any standard
258. s you want to appear on the copies Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 47 Form Codes System File Maintenance Form Codes Screen 20545 1008 Grete La Pmi Edo r a Force Codes Vey 19 Fore Type Fore Mare Hii GE Coples PLU W 2 Forces 1 Toft Hubar Copy Harm Prompt to Aunt Forma i Human Resources TE De you WE to print aligrmert rart before printing YE r V rificstise Frgmm Pgln to proceed Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID Enter the ID of the company you want to set up the form for Note You must set up a form type that is not company specific before you can set up a company specific form type Form Type Enter the form type you want to set up or change Form Name Enter the name for the form Number of Copies Enter the number of copies you want to print for the form Copy Number The copy number is displayed The number of lines displayed corresponds to the number you entered in the Number of Copies field 6 48 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Form Codes Field Name Description Copy Name For each copy number enter the copy name you want to print on the corresponding form copy Prompt to Mount Forms If you want the system to prompt you to load forms into the printer enter Y if not enter N Do you want to print If you want an alignment mark to be printed before proceeding alignment mark before to print the forms
259. s it imacristioo Setup typer Field Definitions Field Name Function ID Copy From Description Type Description 8 36 AFLU Function PSS EL Pe bd Current Pus Balance 31 60 Balance l 590 Balance ti 110 Balance Over 120 Total Due Immioe Count Vazdor Count kt ive Wesdot Count Paar Due Vendor Count Field DDE of Eztnucep ik Apgend Description un Enter the ID of the function you want to add view or edit Enter the function ID you want to copy the information from Use the description that is displayed or enter a different description for the function The type of data returned can be of two types alphanumeric or numeric Enter a description of the data returned by the function Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Functions Command Bar Definitions Command Enter edit Append Description Setup types Description Length Type Saving and Exiting Description Move the prompt gt to the type and description you want to change and press Enter Press A to add a type and description to the list Press D to edit the description of the function in the header Press S to establish and update information about the setup types Use the description that is displayed or enter a different description Use the displayed length of the field that accepts the input or enter a different length Use the
260. s menu The function screen appears Y YTUW Ging ES Pav kjen Remote y Fuset Lone 0 00 Bubrora EN Corsa nt I Tape Frist Tape 173 View Tape oF FZ Clear Latry Ej FI Bemory Bei Fi memory E FS Een Recall jE F Sem Clear BC F Enit ei Fa Printer Fi F Burirsami 109 F10 Exit Total AA Primer SE AA Prime Entre Y Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 1 Other Commands References F 2 Field Definitions Field Memory Tape Entry Functions Keys Fl or C Erase Tape F2 or E Clear Entry Description The number or total stored in memory is displayed The printout tape of a real calculator is simulated in the Tape display area Numbers operators and a running total of the calculations are displayed Each workstation has its own unique tape for the calculator The last tape that was used is recalled when you start the calculator The tape is stored as a file on the hard disk and reloaded each time you use the calculator When you want to start a new tape press F1 to erase the current tape The number or comment you are entering or have just entered is displayed To enter a number type the number To enter a comment type a quotation mark and then a comment Comments can be 16 characters long To make calculations with the Calculator use postfix notation First type a number Then press the key o
261. ser s Manual 6 05 3 17 Access Codes Company Setup Access Codes Screen A DAN To Gira LE Poe kjen Aches Hite SE0DA Application kB Menu ID kp Z t Line Acoess RBemrripei amp 01 TES Trunsscti uz FEB copy Pecu fi TES Furohussa D FES Eiscesllan n FEB Sally mal D TER Foer Tran 07 Ds oo Lo 11 L LI 14 15 Field Definitions 3 18 Field Name Access Name Copy From Company ID Copy From Access Name Access Code Application Menu ID iuar Codaa Access Lone Title Dmily Tork oni Tree Poor a Parasa one 3 AFEKTIMI k PE Live Entries 3 KPFPBH Journal 3 APPEL k sour Dabits Journal 3 APPR B ES Tam Rep 3 APTA Barra qn n a APFAT Entec toggle All Horm uritu Description Enter an access name To copy access rights from another company s access code enter the ID of that company Enter the access name you want to copy Enter an access code To create a blank access code press Enter Enter the ID of the application you want to assign rights to or press Enter to assign access rights to the Main menu Enter the ID of the menu you want to assign access rights to Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Setup Access Codes Field Name Description Title The description of the menu ID you chose is displayed Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter toggle To indicate whether the users of the code should have access
262. set up your workstations you can begin installing other applications on your system However some applications will not appear on the Main menu until you create or convert data files Company Setup Use the Company Setup functions to set up company information create or convert the data files for each application select options for each application and the interfaces between applications set up access codes to protect your data from unauthorized access and set up country codes Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 5 Resource Manager Overview Introduction Application Setup After you have installed applications on your system and created or converted your data files use the Application Setup functions to create the Period Setup tables You can also assign tax classes tax locations and tax groups print the Sales Tax Report clear accumulated sales tax from tax location records and set up codes for reordering Open Systems forms enter a reorder and print it Data File Maintenance Use the Data File Maintenance functions to backup or restore your data files build application tables change file size view file contents rebuild and verify files and purge data records System File Maintenance Use the System File Maintenance functions to set up and maintain application installation information directories application and favorites menus inquiry window definitions global inquiry definitions help screens system message
263. st total is recalled from memory The operator is then displayed in the Tape field behind the last total Enter the next number The calculation is made and the new total is displayed at the bottom of the tape Repeat steps 2 5 until the calculation is complete As new calculations are displayed at the bottom of the Tape field the previous numbers and operators scroll up the display area to make room When the Tape field is full the numbers scroll off the top of the display area To repeat the last calculation using the same operator and number press the same operator key again You can repeat this operation indefinitely Execute an Operating System Command You can execute an operating system command from any field in OPEN SYSTEMS Accounting Software Follow these steps to execute an operating system command 1 From the Other pull down menu select Execute an Operating System Command Enter the command you want to execute Use the Proceed PgDn command to execute the operating system command If the operating system command works properly the message Press F7 to exit appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 5 Other Commands References If the system issues a return value an error message see the operating system manual for information If an error message appears you must exit from OSAS before you can execute any more operating system commands 4 Press F7 to go to the field where you accessed Other
264. t is displayed Enter the position of the field in the record of the file that you specified For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For cross reference fields enter the first character position of the linking field For numeric data or social security number fields leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data that you want to display For cross reference fields enter the length of the linking field For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place that you want to be displayed Enter the column where you want to begin displaying the field Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 System File Maintenance Field Name User Mask Xref Field Start Length Flds Table Key Test Global Inquiry Definitions Description Enter the company defined user mask you want to use for the field Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file Enter the position of the field in the record of the specified file For alphanumeric fields enter the first character position in the field that you want to be displayed For other field types leave this field blank For alphanumeric fields enter the length of the data For numeric fields enter the number of digits to the left of the decimal place
265. t is on page 11 22 Screen Use Screen Description Help Screens List Use the Help Screens List screen to select the help screens you want to list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 19 Help Screens List Master File Lists Help Screens List Screen AS 1600 Gaig La Pore Edo Half Seceer Liszt Arzlicetion From AF Tran dl Help Tb From Thru Field Mars From Thru Print byi l Ealp I Z Field Pare Tutgput device EFhrizkec plfjevier File jorunn Boa Field Definitions Field Name Description Application Enter the range of applications you want in the list Help ID Enter the range of help screens you want in the list Field Name Enter the range of field names you want in the list Print by Select the option by which you want to organize the list 11 20 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Help Screens List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 21 Master File Lists Help Screens List Help Screens List I ssoutsng e se S TTJ TOpuea y JT g 10 TenDTATDUT Ue se SseTTJ aopusa ayy JT I WIJ 6601 e e
266. tart the update process and exit to the Periodic Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 21 Purge Dashboard History Features Use the Purge Dashboard History function on the Periodic Maintenance menu to remove EIS Dashboard records from the Field History file This function is valuable if you want to eliminate historical data you no longer need Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Purge Dashboard History Use the Purge Dashboard History screen to specify the history you want to delete Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 23 Purge Dashboard History Executive Information Summary Purge Dashboard History Screen elegi Ed Pret Hep Furga Durhboard History Here You Packed Tg Tour Data Filer TES Farpg History Theough MENFE Field Definitions Field Name Description Have you backed up Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you have backed up your data files your data files Purge History Through Enter the date and time before which you want to remove the history data Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 8 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Purge Dashboard History Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to purge the history and exit to the Periodic Maintenance menu Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 25 Field Definitions Features Use the Field Defini
267. tative if you encounter an inconsistency Open Systems Holding Corp 1157 Valley Park Drive Suite 105 Shakopee Minnesota 55379 General Telephone 612 403 5700 General Fax 612 496 2495 Support Telephone 800 582 5000 Support Fax 612 403 5870 Internet Address www osas com Contents Introduction Welcome to Resource Manager Resource Manager Overview Conventions Text Menu Graphical Style Menus Favorites Menu Function Commands Reports Workstation Configuration Colors Keyboard Devices Defaults Company Setup Company Information Data File Creation Data File Conversion Options and Interfaces Access Codes Country Codes Application Setup Tax Classes Tax Locations Tax Groups Sales Tax Report Clear Sales Tax Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 3 1 5 1 9 1 13 1 17 1 27 1 31 1 39 2 3 2 7 2 11 2 23 3 3 3 9 3 13 3 17 3 21 4 3 4 7 4 13 4 17 4 21 Period Setup 4 25 Forms Reorder 4 29 Forms Reorder Codes 4 37 Data File Maintenance Backup 5 3 Restore 5 7 Application Tables 5 11 Change File Size 5 15 View File Contents 5 19 File Rebuild Verify 5 23 Purge Data Records 5 27 System File Maintenance Application Information 6 3 Directories 6 7 Menus 6 11 Favorites Menus 6 15 Inquiry Window Definitions 6 19 Global Inquiry Definitions 6 23 Help Screens 6 37 System Messages 6 39 Backup Restore Commands 6 43 Form Codes 6 47 Form Printers 6 51 Support Infor
268. te function see page 8 19 Use this report to discover important trends in your business Reports A sample EIS Dashboard History Report is on page 8 14 Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard History Use the EIS Dashboard History Report screen to select the Report screens dates and times you want to produce the report for Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 11 Dashboard History Executive Information Summary EIS Dashboard History Report Screen Gig de Pit Esp EIS SmmkhkkEsard Faporct Pick Dashboard Tran APEH Ticu DEELT cas put device F zintet gifjartev Fille Zicreugz B Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Enter the range of screens dates and times you want in the report 8 12 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Dashboard History Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the report to a printer File Select F to send the report to a file Screen Select to send the report to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Reports menu Saving and Exiting After the report is produced the Reports menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 13 Executive Information Summary Dashboard History EIS Dashboard History Report T bed 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 92 07 19 328G 09 ETER 109STH s Tes squeuke g TEPL sby
269. the parameters in any order and you can use any combination You must leave a space between the parameter mark t c or a and the parameter itself An example for Windows only click on the icon s properties and in the Target field enter your access code and your company ID Example using pratt as your access code and H for your company ID C osas progrm osastm exe m4096 tT00 nT00 apratt cH Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 1 11 Conventions Introduction For Window icon properties the parameter marks m t or n can be entered in any combination but must be before the separation dash The access code and company ID commands a and c must be entered after the separation dash Menu Conventions When you start OSAS the Main menu which presents the applications you can use appears If you are using the Resource Manager for UNIX the Text menu appears If you are using the Resource Manager for Windows you can choose between the Text Menu Graphical Menu or Start Menu In Windows use the Workstation Configuration Defaults function page 2 23 to select the style of menu you want displayed The following pages describe how you use each of these types of menus Favorites Menu The Favorites menu operates in the text based format as well as in the graphical formats The Favorites menu allows quick and easy access to the OSAS functions you use most allowing you to add selections for entire menus or particular
270. the same access codes in OSAS apply to Print Manager Yes If you do not have access to an OSAS function you will not be able to access a print job that was produced using that function How can I make Print Manager print reports without supervision You can use the B Batch command to mark the reports you want to print The reports you want to print in the batch must have the same form class Then use the P Print command to print the jobs you selected Does the form class configure the printer for the form I selected No The form class assigned to the print job reminds you to verify that the proper paper or forms are loaded in the printer but it does not configure that printer Can I print more than one copy of a selected print job Yes After you have selected the batch and used the P Print command enter the number of copies you want to print in the Control window that appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 C 3 Common Questions References C 4 EIS What is a function A function is a small program that calculates data from a file and returns one or more values Use the Functions function on the File Maintenance menu to define the values in the function You can display the data straight from the function or you can use the Math formula command to manipulate the data the function provides from one or more functions to calculate an original value You must supply a setup ID for the function to summarize the info
271. the status of the field Configure or edit the screen s definition Load a new EIS Dashboard Load an EIS Dashboard that was saved in history 7 2 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Summary Function The Company Summary dashboard provides a snapshot of key financial information Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description EIS Dashboard An EIS Dashboard is a screen that displays several fields and associated values Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 7 3 Company Summary EIS Dashboards Company Summary Screen Jales aActoml Buckpen Varianos ass Feste dortal CEM HID 2 30 741 54 4 315 240 89 Budget 11 057 28 143 561 54 4 531 033 20 Variance 4 758 00 122 828 940 210 793 33 Cash Balance 13 802 352 Inventos Vala 1 2063 0 4 34 LE Balance 0 765 05 iP balsace ES el Tima Tickmtm CEJ ACEGAl Target gaiok Fario 15 Fu dvi hipped Orders ox Current Barcia 5 05 L 10 00 1 mhippsa Ordera 123 307 00 babe Equity n L 0 T 1 Featured Orders Update Resale lobal Tatup Company Summary Deadly Eanchly Tesrir 43 377 82 g 549 013 97 it 151 05 STG re ES 10 524 Aad 7 SEG 05 TEE 181 S6 OTE 438 2 6 Field View Edit Coed Eistory Command Bar Definitions Command Update Recalc Global Setup Field View 7 4 Description Press U to update the information in the fields when used
272. the way the system functions and to set up interfaces between some applications installed on your system Reports To produce a list of the information entered in the Options and Interfaces function use the Options and Interfaces List function Screen Use Screen Description Options and Interfaces Use the Options and Interfaces screen to select the application you want to set up options and interfaces for Options Use the Options screen to view and edit the settings for the application you selected Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 3 13 Options and Interfaces Company Setup Options pt A Interfaces Screen ALAS Option ara Icaria Compan IE H Bailders Supply Option Table Type Share pplisacios TI Field Definitions Field Name Description Company ID The company you selected on the menu is displayed Option Table Type Enter Own to keep each company s options separate or enter Share if you want companies to use the same options and interfaces Application ID Enter the ID of the application you want to set the options for Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar 3 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Company Setup Options and Interfaces Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the Company Setup menu Options Screen Eej Pii Help Arenunts Fapasble Option enor kone Faen detail purchase hiapory Pac additional
273. tion and need information from a different application but do not want to back out from entering a transaction Use the Global Inquiry Definitions function on the System File Maintenance menu to design edit or delete windows Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Global Inquiry Definitions screen use the Global Inquiry Window List function Screen Use Screen Description Global Inquiry Definitions Use the Global Inquiry Definitions screen to select the window you want to define or change Global Inquiry Definitions Use the General Information screen to view add or edit General Information information about the source of the window data Global Inquiry Summary Use the Summary Fields screen to establish and update Fields information displayed in the window s header fields Global Inquiry Data Use the Data Columns screen to establish and update Columns information about which data is displayed in the window Global Inquiry Definitions Use the Global Links screen to establish and update Global Links information about which window IDs you want to link to the window ID Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 23 Global Inquiry Definitions System File Maintenance Global Inquiry Definitions Screen 0585 1600 BEI Sara La Pert Edo Global Lequicy Definitiona diobal Irmpaley Misdow 13 FALSA Hiri Tirle Acoounta Payskle Detail Do Yem Vant To Gh i Ganaral Information TEA Buia Fields TIS Dars Co
274. tion record Press V to view tax class detail information Press H to return to the screen header information To exit to the Application Setup menu use the Exit F7 command Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 9 Tax Locations Application Setup Edit Line Window SAS 1600 Gjett Eat Pez kjen Tax Locations Tak Lanzar ic AHF Mare Alarisof Pedale Tax Level i Tax Tb M37 2543 54054216 Authority AH Tax on Foeight MO Aizz HO Eir Lime E Tar Class me Dead pe ige Conewer oda Tarable Salam 00 Bales Tas Peerent p a Mantasable Hales Cp Porgi Tar Feroent 50 000 Tar Col lerted Ot Rafzadabla Ffarcent 0 000 Espease oct Table Porchas 3 Cay Morraxmple Purchases Gu Tar Faid 00 Tas B Turemsab le OD DE Clothing 0 000 7 000 DO D oF Furl 0 Dos 7 000 DO sD Total Do OD Calculated DO a00 WEN SIEL OG m Field Definitions Field Name Description Tax Class The tax class is displayed Description The tax class description is displayed Taxable Sales Enter the taxable sales for the location Sales Tax Percent Enter the tax percent for the location Nontaxable Sales Enter the nontaxable sales for the location Purch Tax Percent Enter the purchases tax for the location Tax Collected Enter the amount of tax collected for the location Refundable Percent Enter the refundable percent for the location 4 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Tax Locations F
275. tions function on the File Maintenance menu to create or modify the attributes of a field description display mask function ID and setup ID If you intend to use only the functions and setup IDs that are already in the system you are ready to use this information If you intend to define the field in terms of functions and setup IDs that have not been established use the Setup function and the Functions function before using the Field definitions function Reports To produce a list of the information entered on the Field Definitions screen use the Field Definitions List function on the Master File Lists menu Screen Use Screen Description Field Definitions Use the Field Definitions screen to create or modify a field Math Formula window Use the Math Formula window to enter a formula for the field on the dashboard Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 27 Field Definitions Executive Information Summary Field Definitions Screen pin de Pini Ep Field LB Bsmzripricm Furgtion TE i APACED Field Definitions 8 28 Field Name Field ID Copy From Description Display Mask Function ID Setup ID Ara 12 AP ged Span Imweicee 111 Dirplay Bak DSG 900 753 00 Fimld Tsfinitionz setup TE mal Fanoriom 001 of 0011 Ent r sdit Apperi Seeder Math Dorrrila Description Enter the ID of the field you want to add view or edit Enter the ID of the field you want to copy the information fro
276. tive on a network On the following page is a compatibility matrix of OSAS 6 05 applications Use the matrix to set up your system with the right version of each application Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 J 1 Compatibility Matrix References R A AB B D F G c oo P P sS M P R K R D A L N N c D WA OL O RM6 0 X R R S R R R R S RI R SI S R R R RM60 AP 6 0 x O R AP 6 0 AR 6 0 X 1 R R AR6 0 BK 6 0 1 x O BK6 0 BR 6 0 olo x O O O BR6O DD 6 0 x O DD 6 0 FA 6 0 x FA 6 0 GL 6 0 o O O O O O x olo 0 0 0 GL6 0 GN 6 0 x GN 6 0 IN 6 0 o O R x O O IN6O JC 6 0 olo x O O O JC60 OD 6 0 x OD 6 0 OW 6 0 x OW 6 0 PA 6 0 O R x PA 6 0 PO 6 0 O X O PO6 0 SO 6 0 1 O X S06 0 RI ALA B BIDIFIGJGIr 1 0l o P P S M P R K R D A L N N c D WA OL O R Application on top requires application on side S Application requires side application and has no predefined functions within EIS O Application on top optionally writes data to application on side Blank No interface 1 To utilize kitting feature SO is required 2 EIS has no predefined functions for this application Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 A Access Codes function 3 17 8 39 screen 3 18 access codes using in Print Manager C 3 Active Print Queue Control function 9 7 Append Line window 4 32 Application Information function 6 3 s
277. to right Open Systems has two HP4si LaserJets and we have found discrepancies in the way they print This difference left and right is usually slightly less than one character and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full character at a time Similarly the difference up and down is usually slightly less than one line and can only be resolved by programming code to shift one full line at a time However you may be able to send printer commands through the config bbx file to properly align characters and lines Always print one form at a time until you get the alignment you like Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 D 1 Laser Alignment Notes References D 2 Making these changes will affect all OSAS forms to that particular alias Make a copy of the config bbx file in progRM before making any changes Left to Right Issues Using sysprint in OSAS for Windows If you are printing to a sysprint device you can place a decimal in the printer s Left Margin field on the alias line to shift print to the left or right For example your Left Margin setting is 260 To move to the right increase the number 285 To move to the left decrease the number 235 A 1 4 character shift would be approximately 025 added to or subtracted from 260 Direct printing in OSAS for Windows or UNIX Moving text to the left You cannot move text to the left Moving text to the right If your forms are aligned too far t
278. to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 65 Executive Information Summary Setup Definitions List 66bZ 0007 0 10 nayL wort d r squnoooy SSOTITTTIETT usa EVITADIO 66r1 0001 TO TO nayL WOXA adh saunooov SISSSY JU IINO ISssvnOTS 10 S00 500 0 n yL wor d r s d L qunooov T pueH UO use HOHSIID 10 oTo 010 0 nayL woz d L sod L qunooov 19 Irsodeq uo yse9 qOHSOT5 009 009 TO TO nayL WOXA adh sadA qunooov PTOS spoog JO 93500 IVS500T5 0205 0005 0 10 nayL wog d L s3aunooov PTOS spooy JO 3500 T9 S530919 660 500 TO 10 iar nayL word adh sadA qunooov SISSSY JUSIINO LWSSWOTD Y lt OTO 500 20 O 10 nayL woa d L sed qunooov SFUNODOY use IVHSVOTS 666001 0001 20 10 m nu UOI4 d r a squnosoy useo HSYOTD uotadrtiosaq AI dna s 5 TAT Der 3srT suorqrurj q dna s WY Eb TT N T bed Ajddng sz pTrng 666T ET LO Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 66 Print Manager Report History Inquiry Report History Inquiry 9 3 Report Control Active Report Control 9 7 Archive Report Control 9 15 File Maintenance Report Class Maintenance 9 23 Parameter Maintenance 9 27 Purge Report History 9 31 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 1 Report History Inquiry
279. ual 6 05 Tax Groups Features Use the Tax Groups function on the Application Setup menu to set up and maintain the tax groups and tax levels Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Tax Groups Use the Tax Groups screen to add or change tax groups and levels Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 4 13 Tax Groups Application Setup Tax Groups Screen 20545 1008 Gira La Poe ao Tax Groupi r up LD pesselprioe REPEC Lie ode lan Lerela Hat hard one Turi Three Four Five DAF Culifornis Perales Combined CAR Fat Mittaria PESAJE Space AAA BIT Hit s nra Tarsble Combined NHT TXE Taam Fazule Combined TER LAT Tewas Pes le label TAT kk Toronto koveltr parara TE Enter edit App Field Definitions Field Name Description Group ID The tax group IDs are displayed Description A description of each tax group is displayed Reporting Method Toggle between Combined and Separate to indicate which reporting method you want to use Tax Levels Enter the tax location that you want at the appropriate level Tax on Tax Level Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want to compute tax on the previous tax level 4 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Application Setup Tax Groups Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter edit Move the prompt gt to the tax group you want to edit and press Enter Append Press
280. umbers 5 to display social security numbers Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 21 Inquiry Window Definitions System File Maintenance Field Name User Mask Fmt Fld Beg Len Col Headings Output Description Enter the company defined user mask you want to use for the field Enter a code that identifies the way the data should be formatted Use any combination of these characters format as a dollar amount defaults to two decimal places format with commas inserted where necessary 1 7 format with the specified number of decimal places Z format to display totals of zero when applicable Enter the number of the data name s field in the record Enter the character in the field to begin at and the length of the data Enter the number of the first column to display the data Enter the column headings as you want them to appear Do not press Enter until you have entered all the column headings The number of characters you can enter is determined by the width of the window Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn command to save your entries and exit to the System File Maintenance menu 6 22 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Global Inquiry Definitions Features A Global Inquiry window consolidates and displays information from other applications These windows are valuable if you are in the middle of an applica
281. umeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Description Actual Balance Budget Balance Last Year Balance Forecast Balance GLMYTD GL Master File YTD Totals The GLMYTD function returns the general ledger balances for the period actual budgeted last year s and forecast Setup types Company ID GL Accounts Sub Type 1 Numeric 2 Numeric 3 Numeric 4 Numeric Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Description Actual Balance Budget Balance Last Year Balance Forecast Balance H 33 Predefined Functions References INVALUE Inventory Valuation Totals The INVALUE function returns the amount of product you have in inventory the total cost the amount of product you have on order the amount you have committed and the amount in use Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Cost 2 Numeric Total Quantity 3 Numeric On Order Quantity 4 Numeric Committed Quantity 5 Numeric In Use Quantity INVTOPPP Inventory Top 10 Items PTD Profit Totals The INVTOPPP function returns the 10 most profitable items from inventory for the period the ID and description the amount taken in from sales and the quantity sold Setup types Company ID Warehouse ID Item Number Sub Type Description 1 Alphanumeric 1 Item ID 2 Alphanumeric 1 Item Description 3 Numeric 1 Item Sales 4 Numeric 1 Item Quantity 5 Alphanumeric 2 Item ID 6 Alphanumeric 2 Item Description
282. unction Screen Use Screen Description EITB Use the EITB screen to view the settings for EIS Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 8 47 Tables Executive Information Summary EITB Screen E 0SAS 1600 Gira de Pini Ep Untitled Dusbboerd Poo fox Compaada Field Definitions Field Name Table ID Copy From Description Number of Cols Column Length 8 48 Description Enter or change the table ID To set up a company specific table enter the table ID plus the one to three character company ID To set up a terminal specific table enter the table ID plus the four character terminal ID This field appears if you entered a new table ID To copy a company specific or a terminal specific table enter the table ID plus the company and terminal ID Enter or change the description of the table The number of columns in the table is displayed The length of the columns in the table is displayed Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Executive Information Summary Tables Field Name Description Type The type of characters you can enter in the table is displayed alphanumeric A numeric N or numeric with one to four decimal places Although you can change the type you cannot enter any other type of character than the table originally specifies Settings Switch setting 1 means YES and a space means NO Do not change the settings doing so may produce undesired results Command Bar Definitions
283. us costs Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Bill Amount 2 Numeric Pieces 3 Numeric Labor Hours 4 Numeric Cost 1 5 Numeric Cost 2 6 Numeric Cost 3 7 Numeric Cost 4 8 Numeric Cost 5 9 Numeric Total Cost Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 H 43 Predefined Functions References H 44 JOBSEST JO Jobs Phases Estimated Totals The JOBSEST function returns the estimated amount to bill the customer the pieces to be completed for an indication of how much of the job has been done the amount of labor hours the miscellaneous costs from the NAMESxxx table see the Job Cost User s Guide and the sum of the miscellaneous costs Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Bill Amount 2 Numeric Pieces 3 Numeric Labor Hours 4 Numeric Cost 1 5 Numeric Cost 2 6 Numeric Cost 3 7 Numeric Cost 4 8 Numeric Cost 5 9 Numeric Total Cost Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Predefined Functions PACHECK PA Checks File Totals The PACHECK function returns the total from the Checks file Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Checks Total PATIMETK PA Time Tickets File Total The PATIMETK function returns the total amount in the time tickets entered in Payroll Setup types Company ID Sub Type Description 1 Numeric Total Time Tickets POORDERS PO Orders File Totals The POORDERS function returns the transaction counts and
284. used to set options and interfaces for the application Choose a different application or make sure that the application is installed properly before you try again Path pathname cannot be created accessed The pathname you specified cannot be created or accessed Enter a different pathname to create or use the Application Information function to ensure that the application is installed properly Then try the function again Print Manager is unable to locate the print file filename Check the name of the print job you are trying to print and try again Possible Invalid Characters in Mask You have entered characters other than X or 9 in the mask Record is in use Another terminal on your system is using the data record you are trying to access Wait a few minutes and try again A 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Record not in file The record identified by the data you entered in the field is not in the file Enter a different value in the field Removing Resource Manager is not allowed You cannot remove Resource Manager from the system Screen Definition File filename Not Found You cannot load a screen that is not on file Use the New Screen command to define a screen load an existing screen or use the Inquiry F2 command to look up and select a screen Screen Definition File SCR Will Be Deleted After you use the Delete Screen command use the Proceed PgDn command to verify the
285. w smaller or position the first row higher Suggestion xxxx not on file The suggestion number you entered is not in the Suggestions file The current period is invalid Must be between 1 and x The current period you entered is not valid with the number of periods year Enter a number that is less than or equal to the number of periods year There are no options or interfaces for this application The application you entered does not have any options or interfaces Make sure that the application is installed on your system and that the data files have been created or converted The version entered is less than any available conversion programs The version you specified has no conversion program This application has violated system integrity due to an invalid general protection fault and will be terminated Quit all applications quit Windows and then restart your computer You are trying to load multiple OSAS sessions too quickly Press to abort the process exit from all Windows sessions and Windows itself and reboot your computer Then try again make sure that each OSAS session is fully loaded before you load another OSAS session A 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References System Messages Thru value cannot be less than From value When you specify a range of items for a report the ending value Thru cannot be less than the beginning value From Unable to Create Directory The system cannot cre
286. when to prompt for another application volume during installation xxFRST TXT First Program Instructions The xxFRST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions before the installation of an application xxHELP Help The xxHELP file stores all the help screens for fields in all the applications When you use the Help F1 command in a different application the information is accessed from this file xxLABEL TXT Label The xxLABEL TXT file stores the application name and copyright information The label information is used to verify that the appropriate installation media is installed and the copyright information is merged into the system copyright file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 B 1 File Descriptions References xxLAST TXT Last Program Instructions The xxLAST TXT file stores BB statements that perform special functions after the normal installation of an application xxMN General Menu The xxMN file stores the menu records to be displayed on the screen for a company or an application xxMSG Message The xxMSG file stores the system messages for all applications To view or change system messages for an application use the System Messages function xxOI Options and Interfaces Definition The xxOI file stores records with Option definitions and application links for a single application xxSWCH Options Linkage Instructions The xxSWCH file stores the instructions that ap
287. wing the information use the Exit F7 command to exit to the screen or menu you accessed the Other Commands menu from Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 F 13 Other Commands References Support Information Use the Support Information function to view information about whom to contact for technical support or how to contact your dealer Select Support Information from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears USA Toe Ser Edi Ped Heb Support Information Icceen Dunlar Hama dealer Contant Dalat Phone Merb Fax Pl Dealer dica Nomber Hote 1 Hota 2 Customer Site Matar Open Sysberss Technical Supporti Daited Piates Rr s ba a UNE Prada any MENS 11 cas ld Faf id end Dura Apperd Intar adit print Online Pirat lt Newt Prev md ee When you are finished viewing the information press any key to return to the screen or menu you accessed the Other Commands menu from F 14 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands User Comments Use the User Comments function to enter comments or notes Select User Comments from the Other Commands menu The function screen appears ETT Gen it Fot jan Umur Commnts Daer Ib Mein Bef IE 211 End Data D ma lpg Duta KC rra m amp 0604455 Mr Er rri goas to Lakeside hegit ing of kuguer new Id Ref id end Dere Apperd Enter sdir print Online Ficat Lest Wext Feev Field Definitions Field Name Description User
288. x Locations List Use the Tax Locations List screen to select the tax authorities and locations you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 39 Tax Locations List Master File Lists Tax Locations List Screen 20545 1008 Gaig Cat Poe Ep F Tax locatiora List Pick Tax Authocity Feo Thru Tax Logasrion From EHR Thru ENR int Br l Tax Leal Lon ax urborircy FE Print Salem YES Purchases TIN Output device EFhrizkec p F evier CFhilg 5 cromo By za Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Enter the range of tax authorities and tax locations you want in the list Print By Select the option by which you want to organize the list Print Enter Y or N to indicate whether or not you want the list to include sales and purchases 11 40 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Tax Locations List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 44 Master File Lists Tax Locations List Tax Locations List 310da1 Jo puq TIOL GNVED UNW NOILYOOT w WO4 TVIOL 000 000 000 000 000 000
289. y you can use the Other F4 command to access the Global Inquiry menu again To look up and select a previously accessed window use the Inquiry F2 command The sequence number and description represent the window IDs that you have accessed with the Global Inquiry command F 10 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 References Other Commands For example when you use the Other F4 command the Global Inquiry command and then the Inventory option window A appears When you use a command at the bottom of the screen window B appears When you use a command at the bottom of the screen window C appears You continue to use commands until you reach window G Windows are not lettered like this they are lettered in the example to simplify the model If you wanted to return to one of the previous six windows that were displayed you could use the Global Inquiry command again but a simpler route would be to use the Inquiry F2 command where you would find six sequence numbers 001001 001002 001003 001004 001005 001006 Each number would appear with a description of a window 001001 would be paired with the description of window A 001002 would be paired with the description of window B and so forth In the window you could move the prompt gt to the number that corresponds to the description of the window you want The sequence number s notation carries two pieces of information the number of times you used the Global Inqui
290. y Definitions Field Name Row Col Customer ID Address Cust Name Data Name Expression Label Data Type Format Field Start Length Row Col User Mask Xref Field Description The row column position is displayed The customer ID is displayed The customer address is displayed The customer name is displayed Accept the displayed name for the field enter a different name or blank out the field if you want to enter a mathematical statement on the next line Enter a statement by using the Global Inquiry shorthand method or by stating valid mathematical expressions Accept the displayed label for the field enter a different label or blank out the field Accept the displayed data type or enter a different value 1 alphanumeric values 2 numeric values 3 date values 4 socialsecurity number values The format is displayed The field is displayed The start position is displayed The field length is displayed Enter the row column where you want the field to begin Enter the company defined user mask you want to use for the field Enter the name of the cross reference file whose data you want to access If the file is company specific put lowercase xxx after the name of the file Enter the position of the field in the record of the specified file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 6 29 Global Inquiry Definitions Field Name Start Length Flds Table Key Test Syst
291. y that the correct forms are in place and to enter the last report class used to print a report Use the Search for Text window to enter a string you want the system to find in the job you have selected Displays path information and file name for selected file Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 15 Archive Report Control Print Manager Archive Report Control Screen B isas 1000 Fet Ka Pert bjp T Archives Bepert Control lang Peseript Lon Date TL Cla ner BER E Tax Lie Pepere 001391669 Ol Shp T00 Frice Fagort Der 1971995 OL Sip Tooo Sort By Tete Sequence Enter teg Edit Toggle menu file talt search View File Sort Print print Batch Command Bar Definitions Command Description Enter tag Press Enter to be toggle a selected file to tag or untag Edit Press E to edit the selected file description and the Cls entry field Toggle menu file Press T to toggle the description field to display either the file description or the file path and name teXt search Press X to search for text in a report See page 9 10 View File Press V to display the path information and file name for the selected file 9 16 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Archive Report Control Command Description Sort Press to select from the numbered list that appears 1 sort by the report description 2 sort by the date and time from most recent to oldest 3 sort by the ID of the user who produced the
292. y xeL T A T UO XBL SJUNoooy 1S9MP9T Tezeue uor3eoo xeL Ag IST SUOTJEOOT Xe T bed Atddns szepttng 6661 60 90 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 42 Tax Groups List Features The Tax Groups List shows the tax groups that are on your system Reports A sample Tax Groups List is on page 11 46 Screen Use Screen Description Tax Groups List Use the Tax Groups List screen to select the groups you want in the list Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 43 Tax Groups List Master File Lists Tax Groups List Screen 20545 1008 Gene Kar Pot Hain r Tar Groups List Pick Tax Group From FREIE Thru FR Tutgpyut device EFt icter p F evier File 5 lt crumn iii za Field Definitions Field Name Description Pick Enter the range of tax groups you want in the list 11 44 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Master File Lists Tax Groups List Command Bar Definitions Command Description Printer Select P to send the list to a printer File Select F to send the list to a file Screen Select S to send the list to the screen End Select E to change your selections or exit to the Master File Lists menu Saving and Exiting After the list is produced the Master File Lists menu appears Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 11 45 Master File Lists Tax Groups List Tax Groups List qodez jo pug UNN p urquoo sTessy PJOSSUUTN UNN b Z T G
293. your selections or exit to the Report Control menu Saving and Exiting If you print using a report class that is different from the last report class used by the printer you selected a message appears to warn you When the report is printed you can either retain the report or remove it from the Archive Report Control Enter R to retain the report or D to delete it Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 21 Report Class Maintenance Features Use the Report Maintenance function on the File Maintenance menu to set up and maintain report classes Reports No report is associated with this function Screen Use Screen Description Report Maintenance Use the Report Maintenance screen to enter the report classes you want to use for print jobs Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 9 23 Report Class Maintenance Print Manager Report Maintenance Screen E As 1600 Gen Eat Paw Hain r Foro Clase Fatriarazcas Form Clama AR DEE Lp 1108 m V rificstise Pome Pgln to proceed Field Definitions Field Name Description Report Enter the alphanumeric ID for the report class Description Enter the description of the report class The system uses the report class to remind you to load the proper forms before you print a report 9 24 Resource Manager User s Manual 6 05 Print Manager Report Class Maintenance Command Bar Definitions This screen has no command bar Saving and Exiting Use the Proceed PgDn

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

MOLYKOTE® Polygliss-N Lubrifiant Adhérent  Bedienungsanleitung DAL-111x300S - ACS-Control  SBS EM0TTC84K  warning - Astro Packaging, Inc.  Modul MP55  EA300S・EA360S  BENUTZERHANDBUCH - Support  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file